Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Stepan Company

Stepan Company

scl · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker scl
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 2396
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Stepan Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
+   2 0 1 7   A N N UA L   R E P O R T

EVERYTHING’S
ON THE LINE

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING HIGHLIGHTS

CORPORATE PROFILE
Shawcor Ltd is a global energy services company specializing in 
technology based products and services for the pipeline and pipe 
services and the petrochemical and industrial markets. The Company 
operates eight divisions, with fixed and mobile manufacturing and 
services facilities located around the world employing over 6,000 people.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 

Financial and Operating Highlights

2   Message to Shareholders

5 

Financial Review

6   Management’s Discussion and Analysis

32  Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

33   Independent Auditors’ Report

34   Consolidated Financial Statements

39   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

76  Six-year Review and Quarterly Information

77  Shawcor Directors

78  Primary Operating Locations 

IBC   Corporate Information

On the cover: FlexFlowTM, our new large diameter composite line  
pipe platform coming off the production line. Manufactured in our  
state-of-the-art facility in Calgary, Canada, FlexFlow line pipe is  
an expansion of our portfolio.

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING HIGHLIGHTS

SHAWCOR’S MISSION 
To be the market leader and technology innovator with a primary focus 
on the global pipeline industry and to use this base as a platform to build 
an international energy services company while achieving Shawcor’s 
performance objectives.

2017 HIGHLIGHTS 

Financial Summary 
Year ended December 31 (in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Adjusted EBITDA (Note 1) 
Income (Loss) from Operations 
Net Income (Loss) (Note 2) 

Earnings (Loss) per share – basic 

Earnings (Loss) per share – diluted 

Cash Flow 
Cash provided by operating activities  
Financial Position 
Working capital 
Total assets 

Equity per share 

2017 

2016

$  1,566,652  
 226,184  
 128,256  
 71,307  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 1.02  

 1.02  

$  1,209,259
 56,452
 (1 7 1,12 0)

$ 

$ 

$ 

 (180,960)

 (2.80)

 (2.80)

$ 

 178,446  

$ 

 131,893

 378,222  
$ 
$   1,698,201  

$ 

 279,986

$   1,7 7 7,7 9 1

$ 

 14.94  

$ 

 14.92

Note 1:   Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as EBITDA adjusted for non-operational items or items which do not impact day to day operations. The Company believes 
that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental measures that provide a meaningful indication of the Company’s results from principal business activities prior to 
the consideration of how these activities are financed or the tax impacts in various jurisdictions and for comparing its operating performance with the performance of other 
companies that have different financing, capital or tax structures. The Company presents Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of EBITDA that excludes the impact of transactions 
that are outside the Company’s normal course of business or day-to-day operations. Adjusted EBITDA is used by many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several 
important analytical tools to evaluate financial performance and is a key metric in business valuations. It is also considered important by lenders to the Company and is included 
in the financial covenants of the Company’s debt agreements.

Note 2:  Attributable to shareholders’ of the Company. 

1

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

EVERYTHING’S 
ON THE LINE

SHAWCOR POSTED IMPROVED FINANCIAL RESULTS IN 2017, BUOYED BY THE EXECUTION OF A MAJOR PIPE COATING PROJECT, 

INCREASED DEMAND FOR THE EXPANDING PRODUCT AND SERVICE OFFERINGS OF OUR NORTH AMERICAN OILFIELD BUSINESSES,  

AND CONTINUED GROWTH IN OUR PETROCHEMICAL AND INDUSTRIAL SEGMENT. 

FINANCIAL RESULTS

Revenue for the year reached $1.57 billion, an increase of 30%, 
primarily the result of increased demand for our expanded portfolio 
in North America, the execution of the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project, 
and continued strength in our Petrochemical and Industrial Segment. 
Adjusted EBITDA1 increased sequentially in each quarter of 2017 to reach 
$226 million for the year, compared to $56 million in 2016, reflecting 
higher revenue and higher margins. Net earnings rebounded from a 
loss of ($2.80) per share in 2016 to $1.02 per share in 2017. We also 
continued to strengthen the balance sheet with cash and short-term 
investments increasing by 46% to $289 million and total debt declining 
by 7% to $258 million at year-end. 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

While these results are encouraging, we recognize that the global energy 
industry has yet to fully recover from a down-cycle that has been more 
severe and longer in duration than expected or forecasted. Fundamentals 
have shown improvement in 2017, but the performance of Shawcor’s 
Pipeline and Pipe service businesses has and will continue to depend 
on three external growth drivers: North American drilling and completion 
activity, overall industry capital spending, and the securing and execution 
of large pipeline coating projects of more than $100 million. 

North American drilling and completion activity has strengthened from 
a low point in the second quarter of 2016, when just 457 rigs were 
operating in the United States and Canada. At the end of 2017, that 
figure had increased by more than 140% to 1,100 rigs and U.S. daily oil 
production rose above 10 million barrels in November 2017, returning  
to a level not seen since 19702.

Today, there is a relative balance between commodity prices, hedging 
programs and access to capital as producers continue to reduce 
operating expenses and optimize output through the application of 
new technology. While the level of activity in the global energy industry 

is subject to geopolitical considerations and the sanctioning of major 
capital investments, North America’s unconventional operators benefit 
from reduced risk and shorter payback cycles. At the same time, the 
gap between WTI and Brent pricing has continued to close, reflecting 
the continuing growth of oil and gas exports from the U.S. to the rest of 
the world. This change has been driven not just by supply and demand 
dynamics but also by environmental and energy security considerations. 
In July 2017, for instance, Poland received its first shipment of LNG 
from American producers. These factors give us confidence that North 
American spending will continue to increase and that Shawcor will see 
growing demand for its products and services as wells are drilled and 
completed, and production is brought on line. 

The overall level of industry capital spending on energy infrastructure 
is also vitally important to Shawcor as it directly affects the capacity 
utilization of our facilities and field assets. There has been a pronounced 
absence of greenfield projects being sanctioned since 2015 and this 
began to adversely affect Shawcor – a late cycle participant – beginning 
in 2016. What’s more, overall capital expenditures worldwide have 
declined each year since 2014, although this trend will likely prove to 
have ended in 2017. Shawcor has been able to win its share of contracts 
over the past year in an improving energy price environment, but these 
have reflected the industry’s recent focus on short-cycle returns and 
lower-risk capital investments such as tie-ins, brownfields and step-
outs. Since the low point of Q2 2016, Shawcor has seen improvements 
in asset utilization as a direct result of increased overall industry capital 
spending and our success in winning work. These trends are expected  
to continue.

Shawcor has gained increasing visibility on projects that are not directly 
linked to oil and commodity prices – such as those driven by energy 
security, environmental considerations and regional independence.  
A resumption in the sanctioning of new greenfield projects by the major 
energy producers, however, depends not just on supportive energy 
prices, but the conviction that they are also sustainable. We have 
reason to believe this sea change is now slowly occurring, supported 

1. 

 Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and does not have standardized meanings under GAAP and is not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other 
companies. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures for further details and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA.   

2.  EIA as reported by Bloomberg January 31, 2018.

2

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

   Throughout the energy industry’s down-cycle, Shawcor 

has continued to execute a strategy that leverages 
five growth platforms: Pipeline Performance, Integrity 
Management, Composite Production Systems, Oilfield 
Asset Management and Connection Systems.

Steve Orr 
Chief Executive Officer

by the need to address an historically unprecedented deficit in reserve 
replacement over the past few years and the apparent growth of 
the world’s economies. The industry’s leading exploration and drilling 
services companies also began to report a marked increase of activity 
in the second half of 2017. This development is a traditional bellwether 
for midstream infrastructure investment and a leading indicator of 
heightened activity for Shawcor. It also reinforces our belief that the 
projects we are tracking will move ahead.

FIVE STRONG PLATFORMS FOR GROWTH

Throughout the energy industry’s down-cycle, Shawcor has continued 
to execute a strategy that leverages five growth platforms: Pipeline 
Performance, Integrity Management, Composite Production Systems, 
Oilfield Asset Management and Connection Systems. In each of these 
platforms, we have focused on strengthening and diversifying our 
product and service offering, creating complete value-added solutions 
for customers, maintaining brand awareness, growing market share,  
and leveraging our scale and global footprint.

In Pipeline Performance, our proprietary Thermotite® ULTRATM flow-
assurance system with deep water depth has now gained acceptance 
by customers beyond the Norwegian North Sea market. In 2017, we 
delivered ULTRA for a customer in offshore Australia from our facility 
in Malaysia and will be delivering ULTRA to a customer in Brazil from a 
newly commissioned facility in that country later this year. Shawcor’s 
commitment to leadership in this business could also be seen in the 
introduction of a proprietary internal flow-assurance coating system 
for offshore applications. These products exemplify Shawcor’s ongoing 
commitment to leadership in the development of advanced coating 
technologies as well as our ability to rapidly expand their application  
with customers around the world. 

Consistent with our strategy of providing total value-added solutions 
to our customers, we have recently integrated Dhatec, a leader in pipe 
storage, preservation and transport, with Canusa-CPS, a leader in field 
joint protection, to create a best-in-class products business. We have 

been careful to maintain the strength of both brands, while gaining 
efficiencies through the integration of back office support structure and 
distribution networks. At the same time, we are leveraging our well-
established market channels to supply a broader product and service 
offering to our customers. Dhatec’s vital line pipe management solutions, 
for example, are now sold to customers on every continent. 

We also continue to forge selective partnerships with other industry 
leaders to strengthen our product offering. In 2017, Canusa-CPS  
struck an exclusive distribution agreement with NRI, whose advanced 
Scar-Guard® and Sea-Guard® XL products fit perfectly within our line  
of field-applied pipeline coating solutions.

In Composite Production Systems, the acceptance and adoption of 
composite pipe over steel pipe for gathering lines continues. FlexFlow, 
our proprietary large diameter pipe platform, brings all the benefits  
of 100% metallic-free systems in an easy to handle discrete length  
or stick configuration. Driven by increasing produced water volumes,  
harsh corrosive environments and the high cost of trucking, our  
FlexFlow plant ramp up is under way with full confidence in the  
demand for these products. Our core offering of 2-inch, 3-inch and 
4-inch spoolable composite products continues to gain traction  
outside of North America, with recent orders from customers in several 
Middle East countries following years of work to meet qualifications. As  
a result, we expect a rapid move to composites from steel in this market. 

Our Integrity Management business is transforming daily as we build 
upon our core pipeline inspection business with complementary 
technology, expanding field services and enhanced data and domain 
capabilities. In 2018, we will bring to the market Real Time Radiography, 
large-diameter double-wall capabilities. This technology has already been 
contracted to a customer building a transmission pipeline in West Virginia 
and we expect it will prove to be an important differentiator for Shawcor 
in the growing transmission market. Shawcor Inspection Services 
(formally Desert NDT) now regularly deploys crawlers and advanced 
services such as corrosion mapping on pipeline integrity digs in addition 
to their core offering of conventional non-destructive testing (NDT). 

3

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

   2018 promises to be a pivotal year for Shawcor as we set out to deliver profitability 

without a large pipe-coating project under contract. This is a testament to the growing 
diversity of Shawcor’s product and service portfolio and the strength of our brand.

Shawcor has also begun to benefit from a combination of domain 
knowledge and data capabilities that is helping to build recurring revenue 
streams. We recently reached a multi-year agreement to provide 
cathodic protection services for a large transmission operator in the 
Great Lakes region. Expected to generate in excess of $6 million per 
year, the agreement involves yearly surveys to determine protection 
effectiveness and recommended remediation and repairs. The key to 
being selected for this work was Lake Superior Consulting’s domain 
knowledge expertise and a proven ability to accurately collect, host and 
serve data in Geographic Information System (GIS) format. We are now 
preparing to commercialize similar workflows for hydrostatic testing and 
wellhead integrity and expect that Shawcor’s integrity management 
offering will continue to gain traction in 2018. 

Shawcor’s Oilfield Asset Management business, which provides 
inspection, repair and management of OCTG tubulars, has lagged the 
recovery of drilling operations in North America due to a heavy weighting 
in the relatively subdued Canadian market. During the past year, we 
continued to increase revenue derived from producers’ recurring 
operations with the introduction of sucker rods and lined tubing solutions 
that offer improved corrosion resistance and longer product life.

Shawcor’s Connection Systems growth platform is comprised of DSG 
Canusa and ShawFlex, whose products provide reliable power, control 
and instrumentation connectivity for automotive, transportation, utilities 
and oilfield applications. Growth trends in all of these sectors bode well 
for Shawcor, including the development and adoption of electric vehicles. 
We have created additional capacity at our facilities in Toronto, China and 
Germany over the past two years and plan to invest additional capital in 
2018 to keep pace with strong and growing demand in this business.

OUTLOOK

2018 promises to be a pivotal year for Shawcor as we set out to deliver 
profitability without a large pipe-coating project under contract. This is 
a testament to the growing diversity of Shawcor’s product and service 
portfolio and the strength of our brand. We expect to keep growing our 
businesses geographically. Meanwhile, we are well positioned to benefit 
from the pipe coating projects we are currently pursuing, with firm bid 
and budgetary figures remaining strong at more than $800 million and 
$1.6 billion, respectively. We continue to gain visibility on the progress 
of large projects and we expect to secure our share that will enable 
Shawcor to deliver superior results in 2019 and beyond. 

Shawcor possesses a brand that is widely recognized for Integrity, as 
demonstrated by our quest for an injury-free workplace, outstanding 
product and service quality, and business ethics that are above reproach. 
It also stands for industry-leading Technology that addresses the most 
important challenges of our customers and for flawless Execution on 
behalf of the energy industry’s largest customers from more than  
80 facilities around the world. We are proud to refer to these qualities  
as The Shawcor Difference and believe they will continue to set us  
apart in every economic environment.

In closing, I would like to extend my appreciation to all of our valued 
employees, customers, investors and other business partners for their 
support throughout the cycle, and for their continuing contributions to 
Shawcor’s future success. I would also like to thank the Shawcor Board 
of Directors, and in particular Paul Robinson, who retires as Chair on  
May 8, 2018, for their advice and guidance during what has been another 
successful year. With your continued support, I look forward to reporting 
on our progress in the year ahead. 

4

Steve Orr 
Chief Executive Officer

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS FINANCIAL 
REVIEW

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

1.0  EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW 

1.1 

Core Businesses 

1.2  Vision and Objectives 

1.3  Key Performance Drivers 

1.4  Key Performance Indicators 

1.5  Capability to Deliver Results 

2.0  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 

2.1  Selected Financial Information 

2.2  Foreign Exchange Impact 

3.0  BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS  

4.0  RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS 

4.1  Consolidated Information 

4.2  Segment Information 

5.0  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITALIZATION 

5.1  Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

5.2  Cash Used in Investing Activities 

5.3  Cash Used in Financing Activities 

5.4  Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures 

5.5  Credit Facilities 

5.6  Long-Term Debt 

5.7  Use of Net Proceeds from Share Issuance in 2016 

5.8 

 Commitments, Leases, Contingencies and  

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

5.9  Financial Instruments and Other Instruments 

5.10  Outstanding Share Capital 

5.11  Transactions with Related Parties 

6.0  QUARTERLY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

6.1 

Fourth Quarter Highlights 

6

6

6

7

7

7

8

9

9

10

10

10

10

12

13

13

13

14

14

14

15

16

16

17

19

19

19

7.0 

 DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER 

FINANCIAL REPORTING 

8.0 

 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES   

AND ACCOUNTING POLICY DEVELOPMENTS 

8.1  Critical Judgments 

8.2  Critical Accounting Estimates 

8.3  Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied 

8.4  New Accounting Standards Adopted 

9.0  OUTLOOK  

10.0  RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

10.1  Economic Risks 

10.2  Litigation and Legal Risks 

10.3  HSE Risks 

10.4  Political and Regulatory Risks 

11.0  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS 

12.0  RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES 

13.0  FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION 

14.0  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) 

21

21

21

22

23

24

24

25

26

26

27

27

28

28

30

31

32

33

34

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  35

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

SIX-YEAR REVIEW AND QUARTERLY INFORMATION 

SHAWCOR DIRECTORS 

20

PRIMARY OPERATING LOCATIONS 

CORPORATE INFORMATION 

36

37

38

39

76

77

78

IBC

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
7

5

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
MANAGEMENT’S  
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS (“MD&A”), IS A DISCUSSION OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL POSITION 

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF SHAWCOR LTD. (“SHAWCOR” OR “THE COMPANY”) FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 

2016 AND SHOULD BE READ TOGETHER WITH SHAWCOR’S AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ACCOMPANYING 

NOTES FOR THE SAME PERIODS. ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THIS MD&A ARE IN THOUSANDS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER 

SHARE AMOUNTS OR UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.

THIS MD&A AND THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND COMPARATIVE INFORMATION HAVE BEEN PREPARED  

IN ACCORDANCE WITH INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRS”) AS ISSUED BY THE INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING 

STANDARDS BOARD (“IASB”), WHICH ARE ALSO GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (“GAAP”) FOR PUBLICLY 

ACCOUNTABLE ENTERPRISES IN CANADA. THIS MD&A CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION AND REFERENCE SHOULD  

BE MADE TO SECTION 13 HEREOF. 

1.0  EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Shawcor is a growth oriented, global energy services company serving 
the Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segments of the energy industry. The Company operates eight divisions 
with over eighty manufacturing and service facilities located around the 
world. The Company is publicly-traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange.

1.1  Core Businesses
Shawcor provides a broad range of products and services, which  
include high quality pipe coating services, flexible composite pipe, 
onshore and offshore pipeline corrosion and thermal protection,  
state-of-the-art ultrasonic and radiographic inspection services,  
tubular management services, heat-shrinkable polymer tubing,  
and control and instrumentation wire and cable.

The Company and its predecessors have designed, engineered, 
marketed and sold these products and services worldwide for over  
50 years. Shawcor has made substantial investments in research  
and development initiatives and earned strong customer loyalty  
based on a history of project execution success. 

The Company operates in a highly competitive international business 
environment with its success attributed to its strategic global locations, 
its extensive portfolio of proprietary technologies and its commitment to 
the use of industry-leading business processes and programs. Shawcor 
is the world’s largest applicator of pipeline coatings for the oil and gas 
industry for both onshore and offshore pipelines.

The primary driver of demand for the Company’s products and services 
is the level of energy industry investment in pipeline infrastructure for 
hydrocarbon development and transportation around the globe. This 
investment, in turn, is driven by global levels of economic activity and 

the resulting growth in hydrocarbon demand, the impact of resource 
depletion on the supply of hydrocarbons and the financial position of  
the major energy companies. The relationship between global 
hydrocarbon demand and supply and the level of energy industry 
investment in infrastructure tends to be cyclical.

As at December 31, 2017, the Company operated its eight divisions 
through two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe Services; 
and Petrochemical and Industrial.

Pipeline and Pipe Services
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment is the largest segment of the 
Company and accounted for 88% of consolidated revenue for the year 
ended December 31, 2017. This segment includes the Bredero Shaw, 
Pipeline and Pipe Services Products, Flexpipe Systems, Guardian, Shaw 
Pipeline Services, Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly “Desert NDT”) 
and Lake Superior Consulting divisions. 

•   Bredero Shaw’s product offerings include specialized internal anti-

corrosion and flow efficiency pipe coating systems, insulation coating 
systems, weight coating systems and custom coating and field joint 
application services for onshore and offshore pipelines. 

•   Pipeline and Pipe Services Products, which includes Canusa-CPS 

that manufactures heat shrinkable sleeves, adhesives, liquid coatings 
for pipeline joint protection applications; and Dhatec that designs and 
assembles engineered pipe logistics products and services.

•   Flexpipe Systems manufactures spoolable and stick composite pipe 
systems and high density polyethylene (“HDPE”) pipe used for oil  
and gas gathering, water disposal, carbon dioxide injection pipelines 
and other applications requiring corrosion resistance and high 
pressure capabilities.

6

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS •   Guardian provides a complete range of tubular management  

•   the Company’s technology and its ability to research and 

services including inventory management systems, mobile inspection, 
in-plant inspection and the refurbishment and rethreading of drill pipe, 
production tubing and casing.

•   Shaw Pipeline Services provides ultrasonic and radiographic pipeline 
girth weld inspection services to pipeline operators and construction 
contractors worldwide for both onshore and offshore pipelines.

•   Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly “Desert NDT”) provides  
non-destructive testing services for new oil and gas gathering 
pipelines and oilfield infrastructure integrity management services.

•   Lake Superior Consulting provides pipeline engineering and integrity 
management services to major North American pipeline operators.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment, which consists of the 
Connection Systems division, accounted for 12% of consolidated 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017. Operations within  
this segment utilize polymer and adhesive technologies that were 
developed for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and are now  
being applied to applications in Petrochemical and Industrial markets.  
The Connection Systems division was formed from the 2015 integration 
of the DSG-Canusa and Shawflex divisions. 

•   Connection Systems is a global manufacturer of heat-shrinkable 

products including thin, medium and heavy-walled tubing, sleeves and 
molded products as well as heat-shrink accessories and equipment.

•   Connection Systems also manufactures wire and cable for  
control, instrumentation, thermocouple, power, marine and  
robotics applications.

1.2  Vision and Objectives
Shawcor’s vision and business strategy is to be a market leader  
and technology innovator with a primary focus on the global  
pipeline industry and to use this base as a platform to build a global 
integrated energy services company while achieving the following  
key performance objectives:

•   generate a Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) of 15% over the full 

business cycle; 

•   generate average annual net income growth of 15% over the full 

business cycle;

•   continuously improve health, safety and environmental (“HSE”) 

performance, as measured by recordable injuries per million person 
hours worked, to support the Company’s commitment to an Incident 
and Injury Free (“IIF”) workplace.

1.3  Key Performance Drivers
The Company believes the following key performance drivers are critical 
to the success of its businesses:

•   demand for the Company’s products and services that is primarily 

determined by investment in new energy infrastructure necessary  
to supply global energy needs;

•   current and forecasted oil and gas commodity prices and  

availability of capital to enable customers to finance energy 
infrastructure investment; 

•   the Company’s competitive position globally and its ability to maintain 

operations in each of the major oil and gas producing regions;

commercialize innovative products that provide added value  
to customers and provide competitive differentiation;

•   the Company’s operational effectiveness and its ability to maintain 

efficient utilization of productive capacity at each geographic location;

•   access to capital and maintenance of sufficient available liquidity to 

support continuing operations and finance growth activities;

•   the ability to identify and execute successful business acquisitions 

that result in strategic global growth; and

•   the ability to attract and retain key personnel.

1.4  Key Performance Indicators
Several of the drivers identified above are beyond the Company’s 
control; however, there are certain key performance indicators that  
the Company utilizes to monitor its progress in achieving its vision  
and performance objectives. These indicators are detailed below.

Certain of the following key performance indicators used by Shawcor are 
not measurements in accordance with GAAP, should not be considered 
as an alternative to net income or any other measure of performance 
under GAAP and may not necessarily be comparable to similarly titled 
measures of other entities. Refer to Section 12 – Reconciliation of Non-
GAAP Measures, for additional information with respect to Non-GAAP 
measures used by the Company.

Net Income Growth
As part of its performance objectives, the Company has set a goal for 
average annual net income growth of 15% over the full business cycle, as  
described in Section 1.2 – Vision and Objectives. Net income (attributable 
to shareholders of the Company) increased by $252.3 million from a net 
loss of $181.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to a net 
income of $71.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This was 
mainly due to the $299.4 million increase in operating income, partially 
offset by a $19.2 million arbitration award recorded in 2016 and a  
$27.8 million increase in income tax expense.

Return on Invested Capital
Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”), a non-GAAP measure, is defined 
as net income for the year adjusted for after-tax interest expense 
divided by average invested capital for the most recently completed 
year. ROIC does not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and 
may not necessarily be comparable to similar titled measures used by 
other entities. ROIC is used by the Company to assess the efficiency 
of generating profits from each unit of invested capital. See Section 
12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures. As part of its performance 
objectives, the Company has set an ROIC target of 15%, as described in 
Section 1.2 – Vision and Objectives. The Company’s ROIC for the years 
ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was 6.5% and (11.8%), respectively. 
This increase was primarily due to an increase of $249.6 million in net 
income for the most recent year, adjusted for after-tax interest expense.

Safety and Environmental Stewardship
The Company maintains a comprehensive HSE management system in  
place within each of its eight operating divisions and is committed to being  
an IIF workplace with no damage to the environment. For the years ended  
December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company had recordable  
injuries per million person hours worked of 4.5 and 4.5, respectively. 
During 2017, the Company completed 13 HSE audits at manufacturing 
and service locations across all eight divisions and developed action 
plans to correct any deficiencies identified in the audits. 

7

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 1.5  Capability to Deliver Results

Capital Resources
The Company operates in the global energy industry and, as a result,  
the operations of the Company tend to be cyclical. In addition, the 
Company can undertake major pipe coating projects anywhere in the 
world as part of its normal operations. These factors, as well as the 
Company’s growth initiatives, can result in variations in the amount  
of investment in property, plant and equipment, working capital and 
project guarantees required to support the Company’s businesses.  
The Company’s policy is to manage its financial resources, including  
debt facilities, so as to maintain sufficient financial capacity to fund 
these investment requirements.

Capital expenditures decreased by $48.2 million from $89.3 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2016 to $41.1 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2017. The Company believes it has sufficient available 
resources and capacity to meet the market demand for its products and 
services in the markets where the Company operates. The Company 
may, however, incur new capital expenditures to respond to market 
demand growth and to facilitate growth in new markets.

The Company expects the current level of net working capital will be 
sufficient to support the level of business activity projected in 2018; 
however, unexpected increases in business activity or specific project 
requirements may result in higher investment in working capital. Any 
such increase in requirements will be financed from the Company’s cash 
balances and available committed credit facilities. The Company had 
cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments of $289.1 million 
and $196.7 million as at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and 
had unutilized lines of credit available of $389.1 million and $399.2 million, 
as at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

As described in Section 5.5 – Credit Facilities, the Company negotiated 
amendments to the terms of its debt covenants with respect to its 
Credit Facility and Senior Notes in 2016, to ensure that it remained in 
compliance with the terms of these agreements in 2016 and for the  
first half of 2017. The term of its Credit Facility was extended to 
December 6, 2019. 

Please refer to Section 5.0 – Liquidity and Capitalization, for additional 
information with respect to the Company’s liquidity and financial position.

Non-Capital Resources
The Company considers its people as the most significant non-capital 
resource required in order to achieve the vision and objectives identified 
above. The Company’s executives are comprised of senior business 
leaders who bring a broad range of experience and skill sets in the  
oil and gas industry, finance, tax, law and corporate governance. The 
leadership team’s experience combined with the employees’ knowledge 
and dedication to excellence has resulted in a long history of proven 
financial success and stability, with the resulting creation of value for  
the Company’s stakeholders. 

On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors its succession planning 
program in order to mitigate the impact of planned or unplanned 
departures of key personnel. As at December 31, 2017, the Company 
believes it has sufficient human resources to continue to operate its 
businesses and execute its strategic plan. 

Systems and Processes
Management regularly reviews the Company’s operational systems and 
processes and develops new ones as required. Key operational programs 
utilized by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2017 
included systems and controls over project bidding, capital expenditures, 
internal controls over financial reporting, product development, HSE 
management and human resource development. In addition, the Shawcor 
Management System program has been implemented to increase 
operating efficiency and achieve significant cost savings in each of  
the Company’s eight divisions.

As at December 31, 2017, the Company believes it has sufficient 
systems and processes in place to continue to operate its businesses 
and execute its strategic plan.

8

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 2.0  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

2.1  Selected Financial Information

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 
Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 

Gross Profit  

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Gain on sale of land  
Impairment 

Income (Loss) from Operations  
Loss from investments in associates   
Finance costs, net  
Costs associated with repayment and modification of long-term debt 
Gain from arbitration award 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes    
Income taxes  

Net Income (Loss) 

  Net Income (Loss) Attributable to:  
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

  Net Income (Loss)(a)  

Per Share Information: 
Earnings (Loss) per Share 
  Basic  
  Diluted  
Cash Dividend per Share: 
 Common Shares 

Year Ended December 31,

2017 

2016 

 2015

$  1,566,652 

$  1,209,259 

$  1,810,648

980,919 

585,733 

342,991 

10,536 

(249) 

77,267 

19,170 

(311) 

8,073 

128,256 

(6,271) 

(16,817) 

– 

– 

105,168 

33,988 

816,775 

1,204,306

392,484 

320,643 

13,239 

(1,386) 

57,255 

23,035 

(6,493) 

157,311 

(171,120) 

(3,536) 

(15,915) 

(3,009) 

19,221 

(174,359) 

6,207 

606,342

371,954

13,664

(7,868)

58,019

21,368

(814)

590

149,429

(114)

(18,244)

–

–

131,071

31,551

$ 

71,180 

$ 

(180,566) 

$ 

99,520

71,307 

(127) 

71,180 

(180,960) 

394 

(180,566) 

98,244

1,276

99,520

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.02 

1.02 

0.600 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(2.80) 

(2.80) 

0.600 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.52

1.52

0.600

(a)   Please refer to Section 4.1 – Consolidated Information for further details on the variance to net income for 2017 compared to 2016. Please refer to the Company’s 2016 MD&A for 

further details on the variance in net income for 2016 compared to 2015.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Total Assets 
Total Non-Current Liabilities 

December 31 
2017 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$  1,698,201 

$  1,7 7 7,7 9 1 

$  2,145,705

$  322,235 

$ 

339,298 

$ 

579,839

9

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.2  Foreign Exchange Impact
The following table sets forth the significant currencies in which the Company operates and the average foreign exchange rates for these currencies 
versus the Canadian dollar, for the following periods:

US Dollar 
Euro   
British Pound 

Year Ended December 31 

2017 

1.2999 
1.4700 
1.6829 

2016

1.3284

1.4633

1.7991

The following table sets forth the impact on revenue, operating income and net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company), compared with 
the prior year, as a result of foreign exchange fluctuations on the translation of foreign currency operations:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

$ 

(31,464)

(2,955)

(2,298)

In addition to the translation impact noted above, the Company recorded 
a foreign exchange gain of $0.2 million in 2017, compared to a foreign 
exchange gain of $1.4 million in the prior year, as a result of the impact of 
changes in foreign exchange rates on monetary assets and liabilities and 
short-term foreign currency intercompany loans within the group, net of 
hedging activities.

3.0  BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS 

This project is owned by PTT Public Company Limited, a Thai state 
enterprise company. The pipeline will run through 8 provinces in Thailand 
and is aimed at reducing risks to electrical power security and easing  
the delivery of gas from the LNG Terminal in Rayong, Thailand to the 
Western region.

This contract will be executed in Shawcor’s coating facilities in Malaysia, 
commenced in the fourth quarter of 2017 and is expected to be 
completed by the fourth quarter of 2018.

Contract to Provide Pipe Coating Services for Thailand’s 
Fifth Transmission Pipeline Project
On April 7, 2017, the Company announced that its pipe coating division 
had received a contract in excess of $40 million from Marubeni-Itochu 
Tubulars Asia Pte Ltd, a 100% subsidiary of Marubeni-Itochu Steel Inc., to 
provide internal lining and three layer polyethylene anti-corrosion pipeline 
coatings for Thailand’s Fifth Transmission Pipeline project.

Contract to Provide Pipe Coating Services for an Offshore 
Qatar Pipeline Project
On February 22, 2018, the Company announced that its pipe coating 
division has received a conditional contract with a value in excess of 
C$50 million from the EEW Group to provide anti-corrosion and concrete 
weight coatings in connection with the replacement and upgrading of  
an offshore pipeline located in Qatar.

The contract is expected to be finalized shortly, will be executed in 
Shawcor’s coating facilities in Italy, and is expected to commence  
in Q3 2018 and to be completed by Q1 2020.

4.0  RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS

4.1  Consolidated Information

Revenue
The following table sets forth revenue by reportable operating segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline and Pipe Services  
Petrochemical and Industrial 
Elimination 

Consolidated 

2017 

2016 

Change

$  1,373,709 
194,207 
(1,264) 

$  1,023,312 

$ 

350,397

187,418 

(1,471) 

6,789

207

1,566,652 

1,209,259 

357,393

Consolidated revenue increased by $357.4 million, or 30%,  
from $1,209.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to  
$1,566.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, due to increases 
of $350.4 million, or 34%, in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment  
and $6.8 million, or 4%, in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

Revenue for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment during 2017 was 
$1,373.7 million, or $350.4 million higher than in 2016, due to higher 
activity levels in Latin America, North America and Asia Pacific, partially 
offset by lower revenue in Europe, Middle East, Africa and Russia 

(“EMAR”). See Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment 
for additional disclosure with respect to the change in revenue in the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment.

Revenue for the Petrochemical and Industrial segment increased by  
$6.8 million during 2017 compared to 2016, due to higher activity levels 
in EMAR and Asia Pacific regions, partially offset by lower revenue 
in North America. See Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and Industrial 
Segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change in revenue 
in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

10

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (Loss) from Operations (“Operating Income” or “Operating Loss”)
The following table sets forth operating income (loss) and operating margin for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Operating income (loss) 
Operating margin(a)  

2017 

2016 

Change

$ 

128,256 
8.2% 

$ 

(1 7 1,12 0) 

$ 

299,376

(14.2%) 

22.4%

(a)   Operating margin is defined as operating income divided by revenue and is a non-GAAP measure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are not 

necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures. 

Operating income increased by $299.4 million from the year ended 
December 31, 2016, to an operating income of $128.3 million in 2017. 
Operating income was impacted by a year over year increase in gross 
profit of $193.2 million, a decrease in research and development 
expenses of $2.7 million and a reduction in impairment charges of 
$149.2 million. This was partially offset by increases of $22.3 million in 
selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses and $16.1 million 
in amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets, a 
reduction in net foreign exchange gain of $1.1 million and a $6.2 million 
decrease in gain on sale of land.

The increase in gross profit resulted from the higher revenue, as 
explained above, and a 4.9 percentage point increase in gross margin. 
The increase in the gross margin was attributable to changes in product 
and project mix, labour efficiencies due to higher facility utilization and 
increased manufacturing overhead absorption compared to the prior 
year, particularly in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. 

SG&A expenses increased by $22.3 million in the year ended December 31,  
2017 compared to 2016, primarily due to an increase of $26.5 million in 
compensation expenses and other related personnel costs, including 
an increase in government mandated employee profit sharing on large 
project activity in Latin America, and a $4.7 million reduction in provision 
for import duties recorded in the fourth quarter of 2016. This was 
partially offset by a $5.5 million decrease in rental and building costs  
and a $2.5 million reduction in legal provisions and professional fees.

Finance Costs, Net 
The following table sets forth the components of net finance costs for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Interest income on short-term deposits 
Interest expense, other 
Interest expense on long-term debt 

Finance costs, net 

2016 

Change

$ 

 2017 

(1,556) 
5,539 
12,834 

$ 

(3,108)  

$ 

4,739 

14,284 

$ 

16,817 

$ 

15,915 

$ 

1,552

800

(1,450)

902

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net finance costs were  
$16.8 million, compared to net finance costs of $15.9 million for 2016. 
The increase in net finance costs was primarily a result of lower interest 
income on short-term deposits and higher interest expense on other 

borrowings and accretion costs on decommissioning obligation. This was 
partially offset by lower interest expense on long-term debt due to lower 
debt balances as a result of the repayment of Senior Notes (see Section 
5.6 – Long-Term Debt) in the prior year.

Income Taxes
The following table sets forth the income tax expense for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income tax expense 

2017 

2016 

Change

$ 

33,988 

$ 

6,207 

$ 

27,781

The Company recorded an income tax expense of $34.0 million (32% 
of income before income taxes) during the year ended December 31, 
2017, compared to an income tax expense of $6.2 million during the year 
ended December 31, 2016. The effective tax rate in 2017 was higher 
than the expected income tax rate of 27% primarily due to a large portion 
of the Company’s taxable income being earned in higher tax jurisdictions 
and some losses in the quarter being generated in jurisdictions where  
the Company was unable to record a tax benefit.

On December 22, 2017, the United States (US) enacted the Tax Cuts  
and Jobs Act. While the changes are broad and complex, the most 
significant change to the Company is the reduction in the US corporate 
federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% for its US subsidiaries. The 
Company has recorded a net impact of $0.8 million expense in its 2017 
income tax provision related to the reduction in the US federal income 
tax rate. The impact reflects a $25.7 million decrease to its US deferred 
tax assets, partially offset by a $24.9 million decrease to its valuation 
allowance for certain US deferred tax assets existing at December 31, 
2017. The Company has recognized these tax impacts and included 
these amounts in its consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended December 31, 2017.

11

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income (attributable to shareholders of the Company)
Net income increased by $252.3 million, from a net loss of $181.0 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2016 to net income of $71.3 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2017. This was mainly due to the 
$299.4 million increase in operating income, as explained above, and  
a $3.0 million cost associated with the repayment and modification  

of long-term debt recorded in 2016. This was partially offset by a  
$2.7 million higher loss from investments in associates, a $0.9 million 
increase in finance costs, a $27.8 million increase in income tax expenses 
and $19.2 million arbitration award in favour of the Company recorded  
in the fourth quarter of 2016. 

4.2  Segment Information

4.2.1  Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment
The following table sets forth the revenue by geographic location, operating income (loss) and operating margin for the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment for the year:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except operating margin) 

2017 

2016 

Change

North America 
Latin America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Operating income (loss) 
Operating margin(a) 

$ 

491,567 

$ 

130,079

$  621,646 
383,538 
203,465 
165,060 

56,149 

365,291 

110,305 

$  1,373,709 

$  1,023,312 

$ 

125,701 
9.2% 

$ 

(186,163) 

 (18.2%) 

$ 

$ 

327,389

(161,826)

54,755

350,397

311,864

27.4%

(a)   Operating margin is defined as operating income divided by revenue and is a non-GAAP measure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are not 

necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures. 

Revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 was $1,373.7 million, an increase of $350.4 million 
from $1,023.3 million in the prior year. Segment revenue was impacted 
by higher activity levels in Latin America, North America and Asia Pacific, 
partially offset by lower volumes in EMAR and the impact on translation 
of foreign operations, as noted in Section 2.2 above:

•   North America revenue increased by $130.1 million, or 26%, primarily 

due to increases in volumes of flexible composite pipe, tubular 
management services in Canada, pipe weld inspection services 
revenue in the USA and higher activity levels for small pipe coatings  
in Canada and the USA. This was partially offset by lower activity 
levels in large diameter pipe coating in the USA and Canada.

•   Revenue in Latin America was higher by $327.4 million, or 583%, 
primarily as a result of higher activity levels in Altimira, Mexico for  
the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project.

•   In EMAR, revenue decreased by $161.8 million, or 44%, primarily due 
to decreased pipe coating activity levels for the Shah Deniz project 
in the Caspian, lower activity levels at the Leith, Scotland, Ras Al 

Khaimah, UAE (“RAK”), Orkanger, Norway and Italian facilities of the 
Company. This was partially offset by higher activity levels for field 
joint projects in the region.

•   Revenue in Asia Pacific increased by $54.8 million, or 50%, due to 
higher volumes from the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan, Woodside Greater 
Enfield and other projects at the Kuantan, Malaysia and Kabil, 
Indonesia facilities of the Company. 

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was  
$125.7 million compared to an operating loss of $186.2 million for  
the prior year, an increase of $311.9 million. The increase in operating 
income is primarily due to an increase in gross profit of $189.1 million, 
driven by an increase in revenue of $350.4 million, as explained above, 
and a 5.3 percentage point increase in gross margin. The increase in 
gross margin was due to favourable project mix, labour efficiencies 
due to higher facility utilization and increased manufacturing overhead 
absorption. In addition, $149.2 million in higher impairment charges 
were recorded in 2016. This was partially offset by increases in SG&A 
expenses and amortization of property, plant and equipment, and lower 
gain on sale of land, as explained in Section 4.1 above. 

4.2.2  Petrochemical and Industrial Segment
The following table sets forth the revenue by geographic location, operating income and operating margin for the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segment for the year:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except operating margin) 

North America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Operating income 
Operating margin(a) 

2017 

2016 

Change

$ 

$ 

$ 

113,973 
67,857 
12,377 

194,207 

31,825 
16.4% 

$ 

114,512 

$ 

(539)

61,263 

11,643 

187,418 

29,987 

16.0% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

6,594

734

6,789

1,838

0.4%

(a)   Operating margin is defined as operating income divided by revenue and is a non-GAAP measure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are not 

necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.

12

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue increased in the year ended December 31, 2017 by $6.8 million, 
or 4%, to $194.2 million, compared to 2016, primarily due to increased 
heat shrink tubing product sales, particularly in the automotive sector 
in the EMAR region, partially offset by lower activity levels for wire and 
cable products in North America.

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $31.8 million  
compared to $30.0 million in 2016, an increase of $1.8 million, or 6%. The 
increase was primarily due to an increase in gross profit of $4.2 million as 
a result of the increase in revenue, as explained above and 1.1 percentage 
point gain in gross margin. The increase in gross margin was primarily 

due to product mix. This was partially offset by an increase in SG&A 
expenses, as explained in Section 4.1 above. 

4.2.3  Financial and Corporate
Financial and corporate costs include corporate expenses not allocated 
to the operating segments and other non-operating items, including 
foreign exchange gains and losses on foreign currency denominated 
cash and working capital balances. The corporate division of the 
Company only earns revenue that is considered incidental to the 
activities of the Company. As a result, it does not meet the definition  
of a reportable operating segment as defined under IFRS.

The following table sets forth the Company’s unallocated financial and corporate expenses, before foreign exchange gains and losses, for the 
following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial and corporate expenses 

2017 

2016 

Change

$ 

(29,830) 

$ 

(22,823) 

$ 

(7,007)

Financial and corporate costs increased by $7.0 million from the year 
ended December 31, 2016 to $29.8 million in 2017. The increase was 
primarily due to increases of $8.0 million in compensation expenses  

and other related personnel costs and $1.9 million in restructuring costs. 
This was partially offset by a reduction in stock-based and long-term 
management incentive expenses of $3.1 million.

5.0  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash flows by activity and cash balances for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income (Loss) 
Non-cash items 
Settlement of decommissioning obligations 
Settlement of other provisions 
Net change in employee future benefits 
Net change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 

Cash provided by operating activities 
Cash used in investing activities 
Cash used in financing activities 
Foreign exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents 

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of Year 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year 

$ 

2017 

2016

71,180 
132,549 
(765) 
(3,791) 
3,152 
(23,879) 

178,446 
(31,958) 
(44,960) 
(7,287) 

94,241 
194,824 

$ 

(180,566)
234,048
(292)
(16,288)
56
94,935

131,893
(111,360)
(72,556)
(13,798)

(65,821)
260,645

$  289,065 

$ 

194,824

The Company expects to generate sufficient cash flows and have 
continued access to its credit facilities to meet contractual obligations 
and planned development and growth initiatives as and when they are 
required. Access to credit facilities is dependent on the Company’s 
compliance with its debt covenants as outlined in Section 5.5. The 
Company expects that working capital investment will be required 
to support revenue growth consistent with historical working capital 
measures as noted in Section 5.4. The Company typically utilizes its 
available cash balances and its committed credit facilities to fund 
working capital requirements. 

5.1  Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $178.4 million in 2017, an 
increase of $46.6 million compared to the prior year. The increase in  
cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to an increase  
in net income of $251.7 million and lower settlements of other provisions 
of $15.1 million, a decrease in cash provided by non-cash items of  
$101.5 million and lower cash provided by non-cash working capital  
and foreign exchange of $118.8 million. Net income increased due to  

the reasons discussed in Section 4.1 while the change in non-cash items 
was primarily driven by the higher impairment charges recorded in 2016.

The decrease in cash provided by non-cash working capital and foreign 
exchange reflected decreases of $104.2 million in deferred revenue, 
$73.9 million in accounts receivable and $50.0 million in inventory. This 
was partially offset by increases of $75.4 million in accounts payable  
and accrued liabilities, $14.2 million in taxes receivable, $13.8 million in 
other current liabilities, $2.7 million in prepaid expenses and a change  
in the movement of foreign currency items of $3.8 million. 

5.2  Cash Used in Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $32.0 million, a decrease of  
$79.4 million compared to the prior year. The decrease was primarily  
due to no business acquisition investments in 2017 compared to  
$32.3 million in the prior year, a $48.2 million decrease in the purchase  
of property, plant and equipment, a $5.0 million decrease in loan 
receivable and a $3.6 million decrease in other assets. This was partially 
offset by a decrease of $10.4 million in proceeds on disposal of property, 
plant and equipment.

13

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.3  Cash Used in Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities during 2017 was $45.0 million, a 
decrease of $27.6 million compared to the prior year. The change  
was primarily driven by the 2016 repayments of long-term debt of 
$202.6 million, partially offset by lower net proceeds of $166.8 million 

from the issuance of common shares compared to 2016. In addition, 
there was a decrease of $4.9 million in bank indebtedness and  
$3.2 million increase in dividend payment in 2017 resulting from  
the increase from 2016 in the number of shares of the Company 
outstanding in 2017.

5.4  Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures

Accounts Receivables
The following table sets forth the Company’s average trade accounts receivable – net balance and days sales outstanding in trade accounts 
receivables (“DSO”) as at December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DSO) 

Average trade accounts receivable  
DSO(a) 

2017 

2016 

Change

$ 

208,104 
44 

$ 

182,331 

$ 

25,773

50 

(6)

(a)   The Company calculates DSO as the average number of days that trade accounts receivables-net (which excludes unbilled and other receivables) are outstanding based on  

a 90-day cycle. DSO is a non-GAAP measure and does not have a standardized meaning and the Company’s method of calculating may differ from that used by other entities,  
and as a result may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by others. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.

Average trade accounts receivables increased by $25.8 million or 14% as at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016, due to an increase 
in revenue in the fourth quarter of 2017 compared with a year ago. DSO decreased by 6 days from 50 days during 2016 to 44 days during 2017, 
primarily due to the timing of sales and collection of receivables in 2017 compared to the prior year.

Inventory
The following table sets forth the Company’s inventory balance as at December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Inventory 

2017 

2016 

Change

$ 

115,479 

$ 

113,485 

$ 

1,994

Inventories increased by $2.0 million or 2% as at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016, due to a $7.0 million increase in finished goods 
and a $3.9 million reduction in inventory obsolescence provision. This was partially offset by a decrease of $4.7 million in raw materials and supplies 
and a $4.2 million decrease in work in progress inventory. 

Accounts Payable
The following table sets forth the Company’s average accounts payable balance and days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities (“DPO”) as at December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DPO)  

Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities    
DPO(a) 

2017 

2016 

Change

$ 

203,497 
69 

$ 

205,602 

$ 

(2,105)

84 

(15)

(a)   The Company calculates DPO as the number of days from when purchased goods and services are received until payment is made to the suppliers based on a 90-day cycle. DPO 
is a non-GAAP measure, and does not have a standardized meaning and the Company’s method of calculating may differ from that used by other entities, and as a result may not 
necessarily be comparable to measures used by others. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.

Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased by $2.1 million or 1% as at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. DPO 
decreased by 15 days from 2016 levels, due to an increase in the cost of goods sold and changes in the timing of purchases in the fourth quarter  
of 2017 compared with the prior year.

5.5  Credit Facilities

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds 

Total utilized credit facilities 
Total available credit facilities(a) 

Unutilized credit facilities 

(a)  The Company guarantees the bank credit facilities of its subsidiaries.

$ 

2017 

– 
7 1,175 

7 1,175 
460,251 

 2016

$ 

2,463

90,898

93,361

492,610

$ 

389,076 

$ 

399,249

14

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed 
Bank Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) for a period of five years, with  
terms and conditions similar to the prior agreement, except that  
the maximum borrowing limit was raised by US$100 million from  
US$150 million to US$250 million, with an option to increase the credit 
limit to US$400 million with the consent of the lenders. On June 16, 
2014, the option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million was 
exercised with the consent of the lenders and a new option to increase 
the credit limit to US$550 million with the consent of the lenders was 
added. The Company pays a floating interest rate on this Credit Facility 
that is a function of the Company’s Total Debt to Earnings Before 
Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio. Allowable 
credit utilization outside of this facility is US$50 million. During 2016, the 
Company and the lenders agreed to certain amendments to the Credit 
Facility. These amendments are described below in the section captioned 
“Amendments to Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility”. 

Amendments to Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility
On May 10, 2016, the Company entered into amending agreements 
with the holders of its Senior Notes and the syndicate of lenders under 
the Credit Facility. Subsequently, on December 6, 2016, the Company 
entered into further amending agreements with the holders of its Senior 
Notes and the syndicate of lenders under the Credit Facility, with the 
latest principal amendments as follows:

a)   an extension of the term of the Credit Facility from March 20, 2018 

to December 6, 2019 and a reduction in the size of the Credit Facility 
from US$325 million to US$317 million;

b)   the elimination of the requirement for the Company to meet a Total 

Debt to EBITDA covenant (the “Leverage Ratio”) for the quarter ending 
December 31, 2016 (“Q4 2016”); 

c)   the creation of a minimum EBITDA covenant of Cdn$15 million in 

respect of Q4 2016;

d)   an increase in the maximum Leverage Ratio to 3.50 to 1.00 and  

3.25 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2017 (“Q1 2017”) and 
June 30, 2017 (“Q2 2017”), respectively; with EBITDA for Q1 2017 to  
be calculated by multiplying the EBITDA for such quarter by 4 and 
with EBITDA for Q2 2017 to be calculated by adding the EBITDA for  
Q1 2017 and the EBITDA for Q2 2017 and then multiplying such  
sum by 2;

e)   a decrease in the minimum Interest Coverage Ratio/Fixed Charge 

Ratio (currently 2.5 to 1.0) to 1.5 to 1.0 for Q4 2016; 

f)   an amendment to the method of calculation of the Interest Coverage 
Ratio/Fixed Charge Ratio for Q1 2017 and Q2 2017 such that each of 
the components of such ratio (EBITDA, interest expense and rental 
payments) is calculated on a basis similar to the calculation of the 
Leverage Ratio for such quarters; and 

g)   increased interest rates and standby and other fees payable to Senior 
Note holders and under the Credit Facility during Q4 2016 and in any 
period when the Company is permitted an increased Leverage Ratio. 

Throughout 2017, the Company was in compliance with the requirements 
of the amended Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility, and 
beginning with the third quarter of 2017 returned to a Leverage Ratio  
that was in compliance with non-amended covenants. 

For the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company was required to maintain  
an Interest Coverage Ratio of more than 2.50 to 1.00 and a Leverage 
Ratio of less than 3.00 to 1.00.

The Company was in compliance with the covenants as at December 31, 
2017 and 2016. 

5.6  Long-Term Debt
On March 20, 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for total gross proceeds of US$350 million (Cdn$358.3 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) to institutional investors as follows:

(in millions of Canadian dollars) 

Due Date 

Interest Rate 

Senior Notes, Series A 
Senior Notes, Series B 
Senior Notes, Series C 
Senior Notes, Series D 

  March 31, 2020 
  March 31, 2023 
  March 31, 2025 

  March 31, 2028 

2.98% 

3.67% 

3.82% 

4.07% 

December 31  
2017  
(US$) 

December 31 
2016  
(US$) 

December 31 
2017  
(Cdn$) 

December 31 
2016 
(Cdn$)

62 

57 

52 

26 

197 

62 

57 

52 

26 

197 

77 

71 

66 

33 

247 

83

76

70

35

264

Repurchase of Senior Notes
In the second quarter of 2016, the Company utilized a portion of its 
existing cash balances to repurchase approximately US$78 million  
of its Senior Notes at a purchase price of approximately US$79 million 
($101.8 million at the then current exchange rate) plus accrued interest. 

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company utilized a portion of its  
$172.6 million public offering proceeds to repurchase US$75 million of  
its Senior Notes at a purchase price of US$75 million ($100.7 million at 
the then current exchange rate) plus accrued interest. 

The total long-term debt balance as at December 31, 2017  
is $246.2 million (US$196.8 million) (2016 – $263.5 million  
(US$196.8 million)). The long-term debt has been designated  
as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in its US dollar  
functional currency subsidiary as described in note 7 of the  
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In respect of the long-term debt, the Company is required to maintain 
certain covenants that are consistent with the debt covenants  
described in Section 5.5 above for the Credit Facility. The Company  
was in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2017  
and December 31, 2016.

15

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.7  Use of Net Proceeds from Share Issuance in 2016
In December 2016, the Company completed a bought public offering of common shares. The following table highlights the use of the net proceeds 
from the share offering: 

(in millions of Canadian dollars) 

Planned 

Actual

Proceeds From Share Issuance  
Gross Proceeds from issuance of 4,575,000 common shares 
Gross Proceeds from issuance of over-allotment of 686,250 common shares 
Commissions and share issuance costs 

Net proceeds from December 2016 share issuance 

Use of Net Proceeds From Share Issuance 
Repay outstanding revolving debt 
Investments in working capital and general corporate purposes 

150.1 

22.5  

(7.3) 

165.3  

100.7 

64.6 

165.3 

5.8  Commitments, Leases, Contingencies and Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Purchase commitments 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs on long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease 
Operating lease commitments 

2018 
$ 

61,084 

72,466 

3,914 

– 

8,760 

1,729 

23,877 

2019 
$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

8,760 

1,420 

15,118 

2020 
$ 

– 

– 

– 

77,093 

7,034 

1,397 

12,680 

17 1,830 

25,298 

98,204 

2021 
$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

6,463 

1,375 

8,893 

16,731 

2022 
$ 

Thereafter 
$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

6,463 

1,375 

7,357 

– 

– 

– 

169,822 

13,324 

8,367 

10,351 

15,195 

201,864 

150.1

22.5

(7.3)

165.3

100.7

64.6

165.3

Total 
$

61,084

72,466

3,914

246,915

50,804

15,663

78,276

529,122

Commitments and Contingencies
As part of the Company’s normal operations, it often enters into contracts, such as leases and purchase contracts, which obligate the Company to 
make disbursements in the future. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s future minimum finance lease payments as at December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Total future minimum lease payments 
Less: imputed interest 

Balance of obligations under finance leases 
Less: current portion 

Non – current obligations under finance leases 

Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be 
contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers and 
other third parties. Management believes that adequate provisions have 
been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not possible 
to estimate the extent of potential costs and losses, if any, management 
believes, but can provide no assurance, that the ultimate resolution of 
such contingencies would not have a material adverse effect on the 
consolidated financial position of the Company.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company recorded a gain  
of $19.2 million resulting from an arbitration award in favour of  
the Company.

2017

$ 

15,663

(3,712)

11,951

1,111

$ 

10,840

Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, bid 
and surety bonds through financial intermediaries to various customers 
in support of project contracts for the successful execution of these 
contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of the 
contract, the customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion of 
the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The 
contracts which these performance bonds support generally have a 
term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds 
typically have a term of less than one year and are renewed, if required, 
over the term of the applicable contract. Historically, the Company has 
not made and does not anticipate that it will be required to make material 
payments under these types of bonds.

The Company utilizes its credit facilities to support its bonds. The Company 
has utilized total credit facilities of $71.2 million as at December 31, 
2017 (2016 – $90.9 million for support of its bonds). In addition, as at 
December 31, 2017, the Company had $48.4 million of outstanding 
surety bonds through insurance companies (2016 – $107.2 million). 

16

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.9  Financial Instruments and Other Instruments

Level 1 -  Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that 

Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement provides a hierarchy of valuation 
techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques 
are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those that  
reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while 
unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions with respect  
to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These  
two inputs used to measure fair value fall into the three different  
levels of the fair value hierarchy:

are observable.

Level 2 -  Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs 
other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from 
or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 -  Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or 

more significant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

The following table presents the fair value of financial assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy as at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets   
Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans receivable 
Derivative financial instruments 
Convertible preferred shares 
Deposit guarantee 

Liabilities 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial instruments 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$  289,065 

$  289,065 

$ 

– 

$ 

4,731 

382 

10,000 

109 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4,731 

382 

– 

109 

–

–

–

10,000

–

$ 

304,287 

$  289,065 

$ 

5,222 

$ 

10,000

$ 

3,914 

$ 

232,389 

1,915 

$ 

238,218 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

3,914 

$ 

232,389 

1,915 

$ 

238,218 

$ 

–

–

–

–

The derivative financial instruments relate to foreign exchange forward 
contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) and are 
valued by comparing the rates of the underlying contract (contracted 
rate for a forward contract or an exercise price for an option) to the  
year-end rates quoted in the market. 

Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks 
including market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate 
risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management 
program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks 
to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial position 
and financial performance. Risk management is the responsibility of the 
Company’s management. Material risks are monitored and are regularly 
reported to the Board of Directors.

Market Risk

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of Canada 
through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The net investments 
in these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, operating expenses and 
non-operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. As a 
result, the Company’s consolidated revenue, expenses and financial 
position may be impacted by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates as 
these foreign currency amounts are translated into Canadian dollars. 

As at December 31, 2017, fluctuations of +/- 5% in the Canadian dollar, 
relative to those foreign currencies, would impact the Company’s 
consolidated revenue, income from operations, and net income 
(attributable to shareholders of the Company) for the year then ended 
by approximately $57.1 million, $6.6 million and $3.8 million, respectively, 
prior to hedging activities. In addition, such fluctuations would impact  
the Company’s consolidated total assets, consolidated total liabilities  
and consolidated total equity by $65.8 million, $14.3 million and  
$51.5 million, respectively.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management 
activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with the 
Company’s foreign currency denominated cash streams and the 
resulting variability of the Company’s income. The Company utilizes 
foreign exchange forward contracts to manage this foreign exchange 
risk. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange forward 
contracts for speculative purposes. With the exception of the  
Company’s US dollar-based operations, the Company does not  
hedge translation exposures.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
The Company utilizes financial instruments to manage the risk 
associated with foreign exchange rates. The Company formally 
documents all relationships between hedging instruments and  
the hedge items, as well as its risk management objective and  
strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. 

17

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets out the notional amounts outstanding under foreign exchange forward contracts, the average contractual exchange rates  
and the settlement of these contracts as at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands, except weighted average rate amounts)  

Canadian Dollars Sold for US Dollars   
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for Euros 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Australian Dollars Sold for US Dollars   
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Norwegian Kroner Sold for US Dollars  
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Euros Sold for US Dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

  Cdn$ 4,483
 0.78

 US$ 34,656
0.83

  AUD 1,627
0.80

 NOK 35,336
0.11

  € 19,141
1.15

The Company does not apply hedge accounting to account for its 
foreign exchange forward contracts. 

As at December 31, 2017, the Company had notional amounts of  
$83.8 million of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding  
(2016 – $113.7 million) with the fair value of the Company’s net loss  
from all foreign exchange forward contracts totalling $1.5 million  
(2016 – $1.1 million net gain).

Net Investment Hedge
The US dollar denominated long-term debt has been designated as  
a hedge of the net investment in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, 
which has the US dollar as its functional currency. During the year  
ended December 31, 2017, a gain of $17.4 million (2016 – gain of  
$18.5 million) on the translation of the long-term debt was transferred  
to other comprehensive (loss) income to offset the loss on translation  
of the net investment in the subsidiary. There was no ineffectiveness  
of this hedge for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Interest Rate Risk
The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial Assets 
Cash equivalents 
Loans receivable 
Convertible preferred shares 

Financial Liabilities 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds 
Long-term debt 

Non-Interest 
Bearing 

Floating 
Rate 

Fixed 
 Interest 
Rate 

Total

$ 

– 

56 

10,000 

$ 

– 

$ 

41,929 

$ 

41,929

4,675 

– 

– 

– 

4,731

10,000

$ 

10,056 

$ 

4,675 

$ 

41,929 

$ 

56,660

$ 

$ 

71,175 

$ 

– 

71,175 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

71,175

246,175 

246,175

$ 

246,175 

$ 

317,350

The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from its floating rate 
credit facility and the long-term debt and is not currently considered  
to be material.

Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, foreign 
exchange forward contracts, as well as credit exposure of customers, 
including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum credit risk is 
equal to the carrying value of the financial instruments.

The objective of managing counterparty credit risk is to prevent losses in 
financial assets. The Company is subject to considerable concentration 
of credit risk since the majority of its customers operate within the 
global energy industry and are therefore affected to a large extent by 

the same macroeconomic conditions and risks. The Company manages 
this credit risk by assessing the creditworthiness of all counterparties, 
taking into account their financial position, past experience and other 
factors. Management also establishes and regularly reviews credit limits 
of counterparties and monitors utilization of those credit limits on an 
ongoing basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, there was one customer in 
the Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment who generated approximately 
22% of total consolidated revenue (2016 – one customer generated 
approximately 13% of total consolidated revenue). As at December 31, 
2017, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total 
trade accounts receivable.

18

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The carrying value of accounts receivable is reduced through the  
use of an allowance for doubtful accounts, and the amount of the  
loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss)  
with a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses. When 
a receivable balance is considered to be uncollectible, it is written off 
against the allowance for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries  
of amounts previously written off are credited against selling, general  
and administrative expenses. 

As at December 31, 2017, $8.1 million, or 5%, of trade accounts receivable 
was more than 90 days overdue, compared to $11.6 million, or 7%, as at 
December 31, 2016. The Company expects to receive full payment on 
accounts receivable that are neither past due nor impaired. 

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Bad debt expense 
Recovery of amounts previously provided for 
Bad debts written off 
Impact of change in foreign exchange rates 

Balance – End of Year 

$ 

$ 

2017 

(4,865) 
(910) 
2,015 
519 
432 

2016

(5,004)

(1,317)

265

1,014

177

$ 

(2,809) 

$ 

(4,865)

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain 
sufficient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its  
liquidity requirements at any point in time. The Company achieves  
this by maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and through  
the availability of funding from committed credit facilities. As at 
December 31, 2017, the Company had cash and cash equivalents 
totalling $289.1 million (2016 – $194.8 million) and had unutilized lines  
of credit available to use of $389.1 million (2016 – $399.2 million). 

5.10  Outstanding Share Capital
As at February 27, 2018, the Company had 70,043,628 common  
shares outstanding. In addition, as at February 27, 2018, the Company 
had stock options and share units outstanding to purchase up to 
2,091,685 common shares. 

5.11  Transactions with Related Parties
The Company had no material transactions with related parties in the 
year ended December 31, 2017. All related party transactions were in  
the normal course of business. 

6.0  QUARTERLY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables set forth the Company’s summary of selected financial information for the four quarters of 2017 and 2016:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Q1-2017 

Q2-2017 

Q3-2017 

Q4-2017

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income(a) 
Earnings per share 
  Basic  
  Diluted 

(a)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company.

$ 

359,732 

$ 

383,782 

$ 

25,810 

15,132 

28,234 

16,064 

397,078 
40,311 
20,462 

$  426,060

33,901

19,649

$ 

$ 

0.22 

0.22 

$ 

0.23 

0.23 

$ 

0.29 
0.29 

0.28

0.28

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Q1-2016 

Q2-2016 

Q3-2016 

Q4-2016

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Income (loss) from operations 
Net income (loss)(a) 
Earnings (Loss) per share 
  Basic  
  Diluted 

(a)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company.

$  365,579 
15,950 
7,461 

$  255,359 
(40,792) 
(41,678) 

$ 

$ 

0.12 
0.12 

(0.65) 
(0.65) 

$ 

$ 

259,139 
(167,975) 
(174,019) 

(2.69) 
(2.69) 

$ 

$ 

329,182
21,697
27,276

0.42
0.42

The following are key factors affecting the comparability of quarterly 
financial results.

• 

• 

 The Company’s operations in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, 
representing 88% of the Company’s consolidated revenue in 2017, 
are largely project-based. The nature and timing of projects can result 
in variability in the Company’s quarterly revenue and profitability. In 
addition, certain of the Company’s operations are subject to a degree 
of seasonality, particularly in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. 

 Over 80% of the Company’s revenue in 2017 was transacted in 
currencies other than Canadian dollars, with a majority transacted 
in US dollars. Changes in the rates of exchange between the 
Canadian dollar and other currencies could have a significant effect 
on the amount of revenue when it is translated into Canadian 
dollars. Please refer to Section 2.2 – Foreign Exchange Impact, for 
additional information with respect to the effects of foreign exchange 
fluctuations on the results of the Company.

19

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.1  Fourth Quarter Highlights
Highlights of the Company’s 2017 fourth quarter include: 

Fourth Quarter 2017 versus Third Quarter 2017
• 

 Revenue: Consolidated revenue increased 7%, or $29.0 million, from 
$397.1 million during the third quarter of 2017 to $426.1 million during 
the fourth quarter of 2017, due to an increase of $33.8 million in the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, partially offset by a decrease of 
$5.0 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

 Revenue increased by 10% in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, 
or $33.8 million, from $348.0 million in the third quarter of 2017 to 
$381.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, due to higher activity 
levels in all regions and:

  –   North America revenue increased by $4.1 million, or 3%, as a 

result of higher activity levels for flexible composite pipe and small 
diameter pipe coatings in the USA and Canada, partially offset by 
lower revenue for large diameter pipe coatings.

  –   In Latin America, revenue increased by $6.0 million, or 5%, primarily 

as a result of higher activity levels in Altamira, Mexico for the Sur 
de Texas – Tuxpan project and higher revenue at the Company’s 
Argentina facilities.

  –   EMAR revenue was higher by $16.0 million, or 42%, primarily due 
to higher activity levels from the Orkanger, Norway and Italian 
facilities of the Company and pipe weld inspection services in the 
region. This was partially offset by lower activity levels at the Leith, 
Scotland facility and in field joint projects in the region. 

  –   Asia Pacific revenue increased by $7.7 million, or 28%, mainly due 
to higher pipe coating project volumes at the Kabil, Indonesia and 
Kuantan, Malaysia facilities of the Company.

 In the Petrochemical and Industrial segment, revenue was lower by 
$5.0 million, or 10%, in the fourth quarter of 2017, compared to the 
third quarter of 2017, primarily due to lower shipments of wire and 
cable products in North America and slightly lower shipments of  
heat shrink tubing product, particularly in the automotive sector  
in North America.

• 

 Operating Income: Operating income decreased by $6.4 million, from 
$40.3 million in the third quarter of 2017 to $33.9 million during the 
fourth quarter of 2017. Operating income was impacted by an increase 
of $8.4 million in SG&A expenses, an $8.1 million impairment charge 
recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017 and a $2.1 million decrease in 
net foreign exchange gains. This was partially offset by an increase 
in gross profit of $10.5 million, a $0.7 million decrease in research and 
development expenses and a $0.9 million reduction in amortization of 
property, plant, equipment and intangible assets. 

 The increase in gross profit resulted from the higher revenue, as 
explained above, partially offset by a 0.1 percentage point decrease in 
the gross margin from the third quarter of 2017. The decrease in the 
gross margin percentage was primarily due to product and project 
mix, partially offset by labour cost efficiencies due to higher facility 
utilization and increased absorption of manufacturing overheads.

 SG&A expenses in the fourth quarter of 2017 increased by  
$8.4 million, primarily due to increases of $2.2 million in  
compensation expenses and other related personnel costs,  
$5.5 million in restructuring costs, $1.1 million in legal provisions  
and professional fees and $1.9 million in losses from disposal of  
fixed assets. This was partially offset by a $2.2 million decrease  
in decommissioning obligation expenses and other costs.

• 

• 

• 

 Finance costs: In the fourth quarter of 2017, net finance costs were 
$3.6 million, compared to net finance costs of $2.8 million during the 
third quarter of 2017. The increase in net finance costs was primarily 
a result of higher interest expense on other borrowings and accretion 
costs on decommissioning obligations.

 Income taxes: The Company recorded an income tax expense of  
$10.1 million (34% of income before income taxes) in the fourth 
quarter of 2017, compared to an income tax expense of $14.5 million 
(42% of income before income taxes) in the third quarter of 2017. The 
effective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2017 was higher than the 
expected income tax rate of 27% primarily due to a large portion of the 
Company’s taxable income being earned in higher tax jurisdictions and 
some losses in the quarter being generated in jurisdictions where the 
Company was unable to record a tax benefit. In addition, the US Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act resulted in additional tax expense of $0.8 million  
in the fourth quarter of 2017. Refer to Section 4.0 for further details.

 Net Income: Net income decreased by $0.8 million, from $20.5 million 
during the third quarter of 2017 to $19.6 million during the fourth 
quarter of 2017. This was mainly due to the $6.4 million decrease 
in operating income, as explained above, and higher net finance 
costs of $0.7 million, partially offset by a $2.2 million lower loss from 
investments in associates and a $4.4 million decrease in income  
tax expense. 

Fourth Quarter 2017 versus Fourth Quarter 2016
• 

 Revenue: Consolidated revenue increased by $96.9 million, or 29%, 
from $329.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2016, to $426.1 million 
during the fourth quarter of 2017, due to increases of $95.6 million 
in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and $1.0 million in the 
Petrochemical and Industrial segments.

 In the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, revenue in the fourth 
quarter of 2017 was $381.8 million, or 33% higher than in the fourth 
quarter of 2016, due to increased activity levels in North America and 
Latin America, partially offset by lower activity levels in EMAR and  
Asia Pacific:

  –   North America revenue increased by $16.4 million, or 11%, primarily 

due to higher flexible composite pipe sales, an increase in tubular 
management services and higher activity levels in small diameter 
pipe coating in the USA and Canada. This was partially offset by 
decreased activity levels in pipe weld inspection services and large 
diameter pipe coatings in the USA.

  –   In Latin America, revenue increased by $119.2 million, primarily 

as a result of higher activity levels in Altamira, Mexico for the Sur 
de Texas – Tuxpan project and also positively impacted by higher 
revenue at the Company’s Argentina facilities.

  –   Revenue in EMAR decreased by $27.5 million, or 34%, primarily  

due to lower activity levels on the Shah Deniz project in the Caspian 
and at the Leith, Scotland, RAK and Orkanger, Norway facilities of 
the Company. 

  –   Asia Pacific revenue decreased by $12.5 million, or 26%, mainly 

due to lower pipe coating project volumes from the Sur de Texas – 
Tuxpan and Shah Deniz projects at the Kabil, Indonesia facility.  
This was partially offset by increased volumes at the Kuantan, 
Malaysia facility.

20

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 In the Petrochemical and Industrial segment, revenue increased by 
$1.0 million, or 2%, during the fourth quarter of 2017, compared to the 
fourth quarter of 2016. Revenue was impacted by higher shipments 
of heat shrink tubing product, particularly in the automotive sector, 
partially offset by lower activity levels for wire and cable products in 
North America.

• 

 Operating Income: Operating income increased by $12.2 million, from 
$21.7 million during the fourth quarter of 2016 to $33.9 million in the 
fourth quarter of 2017. Operating income was positively impacted 
by an increase in gross profit of $53.6 million and a $0.3 million 
decrease in research and development expenses. This was partially 
offset by increases of $21.6 million in SG&A expenses, $5.9 million in 
amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets and an  
$8.1 million impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017. 
Foreign exchange gains were lower by $0.5 million and a $5.6 million 
gain on sale of land was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2016. 

 The increase in gross profit resulted from the higher revenue, as 
explained above, and a 5.1 percentage point increase in gross margin. 
The increase in the gross margin percentage was primarily attributable 
to a $4.8 million reduction in the carrying value of inventory recorded 
in the fourth quarter of 2016, product and project mix, labour 
efficiencies due to higher facility utilization and increased absorption 
of manufacturing overheads.

 SG&A expenses increased by $21.6 million, from $71.8 million in 
the fourth quarter of 2016 to $93.4 million in the fourth quarter 
of 2017, primarily due to increases of $7.6 million in compensation 
expenses and other related personnel costs, including an increase 
in government mandated employee profit sharing on large project 
activity in Latin America, $7.1 million in restructuring costs and  
$2.5 million in losses from disposal of fixed assets and a $4.7 million 
reduction in provision for import duties recorded in the fourth quarter 
of 2016.

• 

• 

• 

 Finance costs: In the fourth quarter of 2017, net finance costs were 
$3.6 million, compared to net finance costs of $2.9 million during the 
fourth quarter of 2016. The increase in net finance costs was primarily 
a result of lower interest income on short-term deposits. This was 
partially offset by lower interest costs on long-term debt due to lower 
debt balances and interest rates. 

 Income taxes: The Company recorded an income tax expense of  
$10.1 million (34% of income before income taxes) in the fourth quarter 
of 2017, compared to an income tax expense of $7.0 million (20% 
of income before income taxes) in the fourth quarter of 2016. The 
effective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2017 was higher than the 
expected income tax rate of 27% primarily due to a large portion of the 
Company’s taxable income being earned in higher tax jurisdictions and 
some losses in the quarter being generated in jurisdictions where the 
Company was unable to record a tax benefit. In addition, the US Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act resulted in additional tax expense of $0.8 million  
in the fourth quarter of 2017. Refer to Section 4.0 for further details. 

 Net Income: Net income decreased by $7.6 million, from $27.3 million 
during the fourth quarter of 2016 to $19.6 million during the fourth 
quarter of 2017. This was mainly due to the $19.2 million arbitration 
award in favour of the Company recorded in the fourth quarter 
of 2016 and higher finance costs in the fourth quarter of 2017 of 
$0.7 million. This was partially offset by the $12.2 million increase in 
operating income, as explained above, a $1.4 million lower loss from 
investments in associates and a $0.9 million cost associated with the 
repayment and modification of long-term debt recorded in the fourth 
quarter of 2016.

7.0   DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND INTERNAL 
CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The President and Chief Executive Officer and the Vice President, 
Finance and Chief Financial Officer, together with the management 
of the Company, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures (“DC&Ps”) (as defined in the rules of 
the Canadian Securities Administrators) and the effectiveness of Internal 
Controls Over Financial Reporting (“ICFR”). Based on that evaluation, 
they have concluded that the Company’s DC&Ps were effective as 
at December 31, 2017. Furthermore, they have concluded that the 
Company’s ICFR was effective as at December 31, 2017. There were no 
changes in the Company’s ICFR during 2017 that had or are reasonably 
likely to have a material impact on the Company’s ICFR.

8.0   CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES 
AND ACCOUNTING POLICY DEVELOPMENTS

8.1  Critical Judgments
The following are critical judgments management has made in the 
process of applying accounting policies and that have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated 
financial statements.

Materiality
Assessments about whether line items are sufficiently material to 
warrant separate presentation in the primary financial statements  
or in the financial statement notes.

Determination of Reportable Operating Segments 
Management has exercised judgment in evaluating the defined aspects 
of its operating segments, aggregation criteria, and quantitative 
thresholds that form the reportable operating segments of the Company. 
Management has also exercised professional judgment in determining 
that the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is the Company’s 
Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Operating segments are 
reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided 
to the CODM. The CODM is responsible for allocating resources and 
assessing the performance of the operating segments.

Determination of Cash-generating Units (“CGUs”)
Management has exercised judgment in identifying the CGUs of the 
Company. In performing impairment assessments of long-lived assets, 
assets that cannot be assessed individually are grouped together into 
the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. 
Determination of CGUs is also required for impairment testing of goodwill.

Business Acquisitions
Significant judgments and assumptions are made in compiling the 
purchase price allocation for acquired companies. Management has 
exercised professional judgment in determining the total consideration 
paid in an acquisition, including any contingent consideration, and 
in determining the assets and liabilities that should be part of the 
purchase price accounting. Management has also exercised judgment 
in identifying intangible assets and in choosing the appropriate valuation 
models and techniques to determine their fair values. Management has 
also exercised professional judgment in characterizing the composition 
of any residual goodwill and its allocation to CGUs benefiting from  
the goodwill. 

21

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
Provisions and Contingent Liabilities 
As at December 31, 2017, the Company had $63.9 million of provisions; 
of this amount $27.4 million was included in current liabilities and  
$36.6 million was included in non-current liabilities. Provisions and 
liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the 
period when it becomes probable that there will be a future outflow of 
economic benefits resulting from past operations or events and the 
amount of the cash outflow can be reliably measured. The timing of 
recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application  
of judgment to existing facts and circumstances, which can be  
subject to change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities  
are reviewed regularly and adjusted to take into account changing  
facts and circumstances.

The Company is required to determine whether a loss is probable based 
on judgment and interpretation of laws and regulations and whether the 
loss can be reliably measured. When a loss is determined, it is charged to 
the consolidated statements of income. The Company must continually 
monitor known and potential contingent matters and make appropriate 
provisions by charges to income when warranted by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
Management is required to apply judgment in determining whether any 
legal or constructive obligations exist to dismantle, remove or restore its 
assets, including any obligations to rehabilitate environmental damage on 
its properties. Management is required to make significant assumptions 
in determining the obligation for decommissioning liabilities. There are 
numerous factors that will affect the liability payable including the extent 
and costs of rehabilitation activities, technological changes, regulatory 
changes, cost increases, and changes in discount rates. 

Income Taxes
The calculation of income taxes requires judgment in interpreting tax 
rules and regulations. There are transactions and calculations for which 
the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The tax filings also are 
subject to audits, the outcome of which could change the amount of 
current and deferred tax assets and liabilities. Management believes that 
it has sufficient amounts accrued for outstanding tax matters based  
on information that is currently available.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax 
regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future 
taxable income. Management judgment is used to determine the 
amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities to be recognized, based 
upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profit together with 
future tax planning strategies. In particular, judgment is required when 
assessing the timing of the reversal of temporary differences to which 
future income tax rates are applied.

8.2  Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with 
IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during 
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill
As at December 31, 2017, the Company had $912.0 million of long-lived 
assets and goodwill. The Company evaluates the recoverable amounts 
of its CGUs with goodwill on an annual basis on October 31 of each year 
to determine whether or not impairment of these assets has occurred 
and whether write-downs of the value of these assets are required. 
Similarly, the Company evaluates the recoverable amounts of CGUs 
for long-lived assets whenever circumstances arise that could indicate 
impairment or reversal of impairment, at each reporting date. Further, at 
each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether there are indicators 
of impairment or reversal of impairment for long-lived assets or groups 
of long-lived assets. If indicators are noted, the Company evaluates the 
recoverable amount of the asset or CGU to which the asset belongs, to 
determine if an impairment charge or reversal of impairment is warranted. 
These impairment tests include certain assumptions regarding discount 
rates and future cash flows generated by these assets in determining 
the value-in-use or fair value less costs of disposal calculations. Actual 
results could differ from these assumptions and estimates.

Employee Future Benefit Obligations
As at December 31, 2017, the Company had $18.6 million of employee 
future benefit obligations. The Company provides future benefits 
to its employees under a number of defined benefit arrangements. 
The calculation of the defined benefit obligation recognized in the 
consolidated financial statements includes a number of assumptions 
regarding discount rates, rates of employee compensation increases, 
rates of inflation, and life expectancies. The outcome of any of these 
factors could differ from the estimates used in the calculations and  
have an impact on operating expenses, non-current assets and  
non-current liabilities.

Decommissioning Liabilities
As at December 31, 2017, the Company had decommissioning liabilities 
in the amount of $29.2 million; of this amount $5.3 million was included 
in the current provisions account and $23.9 million was recorded in the 
non-current provisions account. Decommissioning liabilities include legal 
and constructive obligations related to owned and leased facilities. These 
have been recorded in the consolidated financial statements based on 
estimated future amounts required to satisfy these obligations. The 
amount recognized is the present value of estimated future expenditures 
required to settle the obligation using a current pre-tax risk-free rate. 

Financial Instruments
The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its financial 
instruments not traded in an active market based on appropriate 
valuation methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required  
to develop these estimates, mainly based on market conditions existing 
at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, these estimated fair 
values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company  
could realize in a current market exchange. The estimated fair value 
amounts can be materially affected by the use of different assumptions 
or methodologies.

22

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations related 
to the impact in the current year of future events. Differences between 
the estimated and actual impact of these events could impact tax 
expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, income 
and losses in foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates different from 
those expected in Canada. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to 
the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available 
against which the losses can be utilized. 

Given the wide range of international business relationships and the 
complexity and duration of contracts, differences arising between the 
actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such 
assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to taxable income 
and tax expense already recorded. The Company establishes liabilities, 
based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by 
the tax authorities of the respective countries in which it operates. The 
amount of such liabilities is based on various factors, such as experience 
of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by 
the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such differences 
in interpretation may arise for a wide variety of issues depending on the 
conditions prevailing in the domicile of the respective entity.

8.3  Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied

IFRS 2, Share-based Payment 
In June 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based 
Payment in relation to the classification and measurement of  
share-based payment transactions. The amendments address  
three main areas:

• 

• 

• 

 The effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a  
cash-settled share-based payment transaction; 

 The classification of a share-based payment transaction with  
net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and

 The accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions  
of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification  
from cash-settled to equity-settled.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or 
after January 1, 2018. On adoption, entities are required to apply 
the amendments without restating prior periods, but retrospective 
application is permitted if elected for all three amendments and other 
criteria are met. The Company has adopted the new standard effective 
January 1, 2018. During 2017, the Company performed an impact 
assessment on the classification and measurement of the amendments 
and determined that there is no material impact of adopting this standard 
on the consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments
In July 2015, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9, Financial 
Instruments, which replaces all phases of the financial instruments 
project, IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement 
and all previous versions of IFRS 9. The standard introduces new 
requirements for classification and measurement, impairment, and hedge 
accounting. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company 
has adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2018. During 2017, 
the Company performed an impact assessment of all aspects of  
IFRS 9 and determined that there is no material impact on its 
consolidated financial statements on adoption of this standard.

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers, which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities 
to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. 
Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the 
consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for 
transferring goods or services to a customer. The principles in IFRS 15 
provide a more prescriptive approach to measuring and recognizing 
revenue. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or 
after January 1, 2018. The Company has adopted the standard using  
the full retrospective method, effective January 1, 2018. 

The Company has performed contract reviews in all divisions to 
identify the impact of the new standard and concluded that the sale of 
products will continue to be recognized at a point in time and rendering 
of services will be recognized over time. The Company has identified 
minor changes in how revenue is allocated to performance obligations 
and the resulting timing of revenue recognition from some contracts 
originating in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, primarily related 
to field joint contracts. Previously, tasks associated with customer 
contract requirements were recognized into revenue based on task 
completion outlined in contracts. Under the new standard, some of these 
tasks are not defined as distinct performance obligations but rather are 
recognized as part of the primary performance obligation. The Company 
also concluded that some costs incurred in those contracts meet the 
definition of costs to fulfill.

We have quantified the impact of the changes described above and the 
adoption of the standard is not expected to have a material impact on 
the Company’s 2016 and 2017 net revenue or net income. 

The adoption of the standard is not expected to have a material impact 
on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The impact primarily 
relates to reclassifications among financial statement accounts to align 
with the new standard. Most notably, contracts in process for which the 
Company has rendered service in advance of billing will be presented as 
contract assets as opposed to unbilled revenue asset within accounts 
receivable, based on amounts unbilled. Additionally, capitalized costs 
to fulfill contracts will be included within contract assets. Advance 
payments and deferred revenue will be combined and presented as 
contract liabilities.

IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and  
Advance Consideration 
IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration 
clarifies that the date of foreign currency transactions for purposes  
of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the 
related asset, expense or income (or part of it) is the date on which an 
entity initially recognizes the non-monetary asset or non-monetary 
liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration.  
The interpretation is effective for periods beginning on or after  
January 1, 2018 and may be applied either retrospectively or 
prospectively. The Company adopted this standard on January 1,  
2018 and has determined that there is no material impact of  
adopting this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

23

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS IFRS 16, Leases
IFRS 16, issued by the IASB in January 2016, supersedes IAS 17, Leases 
(and related interpretations). The standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with earlier application permitted 
for entities that have also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers. The new standard provides a comprehensive model for the 
identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial 
statements of both lessees and lessors. The most significant effect of 
the new requirements will be an increase in leased assets and financial 
liabilities. The Company is in the process of initiating data collection 
and will provide incremental disclosure leading up to its adoption of this 
standard in its interim and annual consolidated financial statements.

Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures 
(Amendments to IAS 28)
In October 2017, the IASB issued Long-term Interests in Associates and 
Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28). The amendments clarify that  
a company applies IFRS 9, Financial Instruments to long-term interests 
in an associate or joint venture that form part of the net investment 
in the associate or joint venture. The amendments are effective from 
January 1, 2019, with early application permitted. The Company has  
not yet determined the impact of this standard on the consolidated 
financial statements.

IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
In June 2017, the IASB published IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax 
Treatments, effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1,  
2019. The interpretation requires an entity to assess whether it is 
probable that a tax authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment 
used, or proposed to be used, by an entity in its income tax filings and 
to exercise judgment in determining whether each tax treatment should 
be considered independently or whether some tax treatments should be 
considered together. The decision should be based on which approach 
provides better predictions of the resolution of the uncertainty. An entity 
also has to consider whether it is probable that the relevant authority will 
accept each tax treatment, or group of tax treatments, assuming that 
the taxation authority with the right to examine any amounts reported 
to it will examine those amounts and will have full knowledge of all 
relevant information when doing so. The interpretation may be applied 
on either a fully retrospective basis or a modified retrospective basis 
without restatement of comparative information. The Company has not 
yet determined the impact of adopting this standard on the consolidated 
financial statements.

8.4  New Accounting Standards Adopted

IAS 12, Income Taxes
On January 19, 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 12, Income 
Taxes, relating to the recognition of deferred income tax assets for 
unrealized losses. The amendments were effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2017. The Company’s adoption of  
these amendments did not have a material impact on the consolidated 
financial statements.

9.0  OUTLOOK

The Company believes that the decline in global oil and gas activity that 
followed the decrease in oil and gas prices in the second half of 2014 
is past the low point and that the recovery in the market will continue 
through 2018. Shawcor’s financial performance is closely correlated 
with oil and gas infrastructure spending and the resultant demand for 
the Company’s products and services. The continued increase in market 
demand has enabled the Company to deliver quarter on quarter gains 
in both revenue and Adjusted EBITDA1 throughout 2017. However, as 
no large project win was announced in the fourth quarter, it is likely that 
the Company will experience a significant decline in financial results in 
2018 compared to 2017. Assuming there is no major pull back in current 
activity levels and commodity prices, the Company expects to deliver 
positive Adjusted EBITDA1 results in the first quarter of 2018 similar 
to the level achieved in the fourth quarter of 2016 and to continue at 
that approximate rate for the remainder of 2018. The Company expects 
to deliver these solid results from steady activity in North America, 
continued improvements in asset utilization and the strength and 
diversification of the Company’s projects and service offering, while  
at the same time rebuilding its backlog by securing work that it is 
currently pursuing.

The Company’s performance continues to be primarily affected by three 
elements: North American land drilling and completion activity, overall 
industry capital spending and large projects. 

Rig counts and associated completion activity in North American  
land have shown signs of stability in the current oil and gas price 
environment. In 2017, operators in North America continued to switch 
their focus away from solely production growth to a more balanced 
objective that considers financial returns and cash flow. This trend is 
expected to positively impact demand for the Company’s products and 
services related to gathering line pipe systems and OCTG inspection and 
repair services. Additionally, with expected future increases in production 
fluid volumes, including water, investments will be required in new pipeline 
capacity and rehabilitation of aging infrastructure, which in  
turn will support increased demand for the Company’s pipeline products 
and services. 

As the global oil market continues to show signs of balance, there 
is increasing need to resume investments, both internationally and 
offshore, aimed at addressing reservoir depletion to meet the expected 
future global supply challenge. The Company is seeing further evidence 
of the increase in capital spending activity which is manifested in 
the number of projects being sanctioned and projects moving from 
budgetary estimates to firm bids. The number of Final Investment 
Decisions (FIDs) has also increased throughout 2017, particularly for 
projects with shorter investment return profiles that involve ‘tie ins’ to 
existing infrastructure. The Company’s pipeline and products businesses 
are well positioned to capitalize on this trend through their global 
footprint, technology portfolio and execution history. 

24

1. 

 Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and does not have standardized meanings 
under GAAP and is not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other 
companies. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures for further 
details and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA.

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS The Company is gaining greater visibility on large projects (characterized 
as greater than $100 million in revenue for the Company) with increasing 
likelihood that several will be sanctioned in 2018 for commencement 
beyond 2018. In many cases, these projects are not directly linked to 
oil and gas commodity prices as they also involve energy security or 
reservoir access considerations. These projects involve a high degree of 
execution risk driven by more complex scopes. As such, the Company 
expects to capture its share of these projects due to its global footprint, 
technological expertise, execution track record and strong balance 
sheet which together represent a compelling competitive advantage. At 
the close of the fourth quarter, the Company had several project bids 
outstanding that have revenue potential greater than $100 million each. 
The tracking of such projects is captured in the Company’s firm bids and 
budgetary estimates of approximately $2.4 billion at December 31, 2017. 
Further detail on the outlook for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment 
by region and in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment is set out below.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – North America 
Market demand in Shawcor’s North American Pipeline segment 
businesses is closely tied to well completion activity in North America 
which drives the demand for small diameter pipe coating and joint 
protection, composite pipe for gathering line applications, OCTG pipe 
inspection and refurbishment and gathering line girth weld inspection.  
In the North American Pipeline segment businesses, revenue levels  
were significantly higher than in 2016 and have shown sequential  
growth across all four quarters in 2017. With a stable rig count in 
both Canada and the US supported by the current oil and gas price 
environment, the Company expects demand levels to continue to 
increase throughout 2018. The Company’s products and services are 
well positioned to support our customers in their return on investment 
and cash flow objectives. 

The Company continues to have visibility on future projects related to 
the build out of existing infrastructure in offshore for infield pipelines 
and new infrastructure for both gathering and transmission lines for 
the onshore to support increasing production of shale oil and gas. The 
Company continues to be actively engaged in several large diameter 
onshore transmission line projects that have and are expected to see 
continued delays as a result of regulatory and legal challenges. 

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – Latin America 
As expected, the Latin American Pipeline segment benefited from 
the solid execution of the concrete weight coating work in Altamira, 
Mexico related to the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project. The project was 
substantially completed ahead of schedule and demonstrated the 
Company’s execution strength. There is a small portion of load out 
work to be completed in 2018. Revenue for the Latin America segment 
is expected to move significantly lower in 2018 as a result of the 
completion of the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project. However, the Company 
is pursuing some smaller projects in the region that may commence in 
the second half of 2018 if they are sanctioned and won.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – Europe, Middle East,  
Africa and Russia (“EMAR”) 
Shawcor’s EMAR Pipeline segment region remains the region most 
negatively impacted by the continued deferral of capital spending on 
new pipeline infrastructure by national and international oil companies. 
However, the bid and budgetary activity continues to be very strong in 
this region with several smaller projects likely to be executed in 2018 
related to girth weld inspection, pipeline joint protection and pipe end 
preservation on both the Turk Stream and Nord Stream 2 pipelines,  
and several other projects that may be awarded in 2018 and beyond.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – Asia Pacific 
The activity of the Company’s Asia Pacific region in the quarter continued  
to be low as the flow assurance work for the Shah Deniz project and the 
anti-corrosion coating for pipe destined for Mexico for the Sur de Texas 
– Tuxpan project has been completed. The region’s project activity over 
the near term will be limited largely to the PTT 5th Transmission pipeline 
project which commenced in the fourth quarter of 2017.

Petrochemical and Industrial Segment 
Shawcor’s Petrochemical and Industrial segment businesses continue to 
deliver solid revenue and earnings based on stable demand in the global 
automotive market and European and North American industrial markets. 
These markets follow general GDP activity. Wire and cable shipments 
in the fourth quarter were buoyed by demand for highly engineered 
Nuclear EQ cable for use in nuclear refurbishment programs in Canada, 
along with several Light Rail Transit (LRT) projects which continue to 
increase in size and scope. The growth trend is expected to continue  
in 2018 with increased infrastructure spending and as new capacity  
for sealing and insulation products enters production and relieves 
capacity constraints. 

Order Backlog 
The Company’s order backlog consists of firm customer orders only 
and represents the revenue the Company expects to realize on booked 
orders over the succeeding twelve months. The Company reports the 
twelve month billable backlog because it provides a leading indicator 
of significant changes in consolidated revenue. The order backlog of 
$385 million at December 31, 2017 was lower than the $482 million 
order backlog at September 30, 2017. The decrease reflects revenue 
generated in the quarter from backlog orders, including the accelerated 
execution of the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project, partially offset by new 
orders and other project wins moving from bid into backlog. 

In addition to the backlog, the bid and budgetary activity remain at 
healthy levels and represents a diverse portfolio of opportunities to 
sustain and build the backlog in 2018 and beyond. The Company  
closely monitors its bidding activity and the value of outstanding  
firm bids is currently in excess of $800 million, an increase over the 
$600 million reported in the third quarter of 2017. This increase was 
expected as a large project, in excess of $100 million, moved from 
budgetary to firm bid during the fourth quarter. In addition, the Company 
is working with customers on a number of projects and has provided 
budgetary estimates in aggregate values of approximately $1.6 billion. 
There are several large projects, over $100 million, in both the bid and 
budgetary figures, where the award decisions are anticipated in the 
second half of 2018. Although the timing of these projects is uncertain, 
the Company expects to win its share of these awards based on its 
proven capabilities and geographic footprint to win and execute these 
types of projects and deliver superior results in 2019 and 2020, higher 
than 2017 levels.

10.0  RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Operating in an international environment, servicing predominantly the 
oil and gas industry, Shawcor faces a number of business risks and 
uncertainties that could materially and adversely affect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The following summarizes the Company’s risks and uncertainties and 
how it manages and mitigates each risk:

25

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 10.1  Economic Risks
A decline in global drilling activity as a consequence of lower global oil 
and gas prices would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
drilling activity, which, in turn depends on global oil and gas demand, 
prices and production depletion rates. Lower drilling activity decreases 
demand for the Company’s products and services, including small 
diameter pipe coating, composite pipe, gathering line weld inspection  
and tubular inspection and inventory management services. These 
business activities represented approximately 24% of 2017 revenues.

An economic downturn or a continued global decline in energy prices 
could materially adversely affect demand for the Company’s products 
and services and, consequently, its projections, business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

Demand for oil and natural gas is influenced by numerous factors, 
including the North American and worldwide economies as well as 
activities of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”). 
Economic declines impact demand for oil and natural gas and result 
in a softening of oil and gas prices and projected oil and gas drilling 
activity. If economic conditions or international markets decline to an 
extent or for a duration which is unexpected, the Company’s projections, 
business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially 
adversely affected. In addition, if actions by OPEC and other oil producers 
to increase production of oil adversely affect world oil prices or result in 
the maintenance of existing prices, additional declines in rig counts could 
result, and the Company’s projections, business, results of operations 
and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Similarly, 
demand for the products of the Petrochemical and Industrial segment’s 
businesses is largely dependent on the level of general economic  
activity in North America and Europe. Decreases in economic activity  
in these regions could result in significant decreases in activity levels  
in these businesses.

A cyclical decline in the level of global pipeline construction could have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, business, 
results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
pipeline construction activity which in turn relates to the growth in 
demand for oil and natural gas and the availability of new supplies 
to meet this increased demand. Reductions in capital spending by 
producers could dampen demand for the Company’s products and 
services supplied in pipeline markets.

Revenue generated by the Company’s Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment accounted for 88% of consolidated sales in 2017. With this 
proportion expected to continue, the Company’s revenue is materially 
dependent on the global Pipeline and Pipe Services industry. Any 
significant declines in pipeline market activity could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s projections, business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

Increases in the prices and/or shortages in the supply of raw materials 
used in the Company’s manufacturing processes could adversely affect 
the competitiveness of the Company, its ability to serve its customers’ 
needs and its financial performance.

The Company purchases a broad range of materials and components 
throughout the world in connection with its manufacturing activities. 

Major items include polyolefin and other polymeric resins, iron ore, 
cement, adhesives, sealants and copper and other nonferrous wire. 
The ability of suppliers to meet performance and quality specifications 
and delivery schedules is important to the maintenance of customer 
satisfaction. While the materials required for its manufacturing operations 
have generally been readily available, cyclical swings in supply and 
demand can produce short-term shortages and/or price spikes. The 
Company’s ability to pass on any such price increases may be restricted 
in the short term.

The Company’s material financing agreements contain financial and 
other covenants that, if breached by the Company, may require the 
Company to redeem, repay, repurchase or refinance its existing debt 
obligations prior to their scheduled maturity. The Company’s ability 
to refinance such obligations may be restricted due to prevailing 
conditions in the capital markets, available liquidity and other factors.

The Company is party to a number of financing agreements which 
contain financial or other covenants. If the Company was to breach the 
financial or other covenants contained in its financing agreements, the 
Company may be required to redeem, repay, repurchase or refinance 
its existing debt obligations prior to their scheduled maturity and the 
Company’s ability to do so may be restricted or limited by the prevailing 
conditions in the capital markets, available liquidity and other factors. 
If the Company is unable to refinance any of the Company’s debt 
obligations in such circumstances, its ability to make capital expenditures 
and its financial condition and cash flows could be adversely impacted. 
If future debt financing is not available to the Company when required 
or is not available on acceptable terms, the Company may be unable to 
grow its business, take advantage of business opportunities, respond 
to competitive pressure or refinance maturing debt, any of which could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results and 
financial condition.

Economic Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate economic risks. However, the 
Company maintains a competitive geographical presence in a diverse 
number of regions and has implemented several systems and processes 
to manage operational risks and to achieve continuous improvements in 
operational effectiveness, in addition to various cost reduction initiatives. 
Through these efforts, economic risk is mitigated. 

Refer to Section 1.5 – Capability to Deliver Results, for additional 
information with respect to the Company’s systems and processes. 

10.2  Litigation and Legal Risks
The Company could be subject to substantial liability claims, which 
could adversely affect its projections, business, results of operations 
and financial condition.

Some of the Company’s products are used in hazardous applications 
where an accident or a failure of a product could cause personal injury, 
loss of life, damage to property, equipment or the environment, as well as 
the suspension of the end-user’s operations. If the Company’s products 
were to be involved in any of these difficulties, the Company could 
face litigation and may be held liable for those losses. The Company’s 
insurance coverage may not be adequate in risk coverage or policy limits 
to cover all losses or liabilities that it may incur. Moreover, the Company 
may not be able in the future to maintain insurance at levels of risk 
coverage or policy limits that management deems adequate. Any claims 
made under the Company’s policies likely will cause its premiums to 
increase. Any future damages deemed to be caused by the Company’s 

26

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS products or services that are not covered by insurance, or that are in 
excess of policy limits or subject to substantial deductibles, could have  
a material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, business,  
results of operations and financial condition.

The Company is subject to litigation and could be subject to future 
litigation and significant potential financial liability.

From time to time, the Company is a party to litigation and legal 
proceedings that it considers to be a part of the ordinary course of 
business. Although none of the litigation or legal proceedings in which 
the Company is currently involved could reasonably be expected to have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, business, results 
of operations or financial condition, the Company may, however, become 
involved in material legal proceedings in the future. Such proceedings 
may include, for example, product liability claims and claims relating to 
the existence or use of hazardous materials on the Company’s property 
or in its operations, as well as intellectual property disputes and other 
material legal proceedings with competitors, customers, employees 
and governmental entities. These proceedings could arise from the 
Company’s current or former actions and operations or the actions 
or operations of businesses and entities acquired by the Company 
prior to acquisition. The Company maintains insurance it believes to be 
commercially reasonable and customary; however, such coverage may 
be inadequate for or inapplicable to particular claims.

Litigation and Legal Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate legal risks. However, the 
Company believes that it maintains adequate commercial insurance  
to mitigate most adverse litigation and legal risks.

10.3  HSE Risks
The Company is subject to Health, Safety and Environmental laws and 
regulations that expose it to potential financial liability.

The Company’s operations are regulated under a number of federal, 
provincial, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, 
which govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials 
into the air and water as well as the handling, storage and disposal of 
hazardous materials. Compliance with these environmental laws is a 
major consideration in the manufacturing of the Company’s products, 
as the Company uses, generates, stores and disposes of hazardous 
substances and wastes in its operations. The Company may be subject 
to material financial liability for any investigation and clean-up of 
such hazardous materials. In addition, many of the Company’s current 
and former properties are or have been used for industrial purposes. 
Accordingly, the Company also may be subject to financial liabilities 
relating to the investigation and remediation of hazardous materials 
resulting from the actions of previous owners or operators of industrial 
facilities on those sites. Liability in certain instances may be imposed on 
the Company regardless of the legality of the original actions relating 
to the hazardous or toxic substances or whether or not the Company 
knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of those substances. 
The Company is also subject to various Canadian and US federal, 
provincial, state and local laws and regulations as well as foreign laws and 
regulations relating to safety and health conditions in its manufacturing 
facilities. Those laws and regulations may also subject the Company to 
material financial penalties or liabilities for any non-compliance, as well 
as potential business disruption if any of its facilities or a portion of any 
facility is required to be temporarily closed as a result of any violation 

of those laws and regulations. Any such financial liability or business 
disruption could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Demand for the Company’s products and services could be adversely 
affected by changes to Canadian, US or other countries’ laws or 
regulations pertaining to the emission of Carbon Dioxide and other 
Greenhouse Gases (“GHGs”) into the atmosphere.

Although the Company is not a large producer of GHGs, the products 
and services of the Company’s production are mainly related to the 
transmission of hydrocarbons including crude oil and natural gas, whose 
ultimate consumption are major sources of GHG emissions. Changes in 
the regulations concerning the release of GHGs into the atmosphere, 
including the introduction of so-called carbon taxes or limitations 
over the emissions of GHGs, may adversely impact the demand for 
hydrocarbons and ultimately, the demand for the Company’s products 
and services.

HSE Risk Mitigation
To minimize risks associated with HSE matters, the Company has 
implemented a comprehensive audit program and has completed 
detailed environmental audits at manufacturing and service locations 
across all eight divisions. Furthermore, the Company is committed to 
being an IIF workplace.

10.4  Political and Regulatory Risks
The Company’s operations may experience interruptions due to political,  
economic or other risks, which could adversely affect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

During 2017, the Company derived over 36% of its total revenue from its 
facilities outside Canada, the US and Western Europe. In addition, part of 
the Company’s sales from its locations in Canada and the US were for 
use in other countries. The Company’s operations in certain international 
locations are subject to various political and economic conditions existing 
in those countries that could disrupt operations. These risks include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 currency fluctuations and devaluations;

 currency restrictions and limitations on repatriation of profits; 

 political instability and civil unrest;

 hostile or terrorist activities; and

 restrictions on foreign operations.

In addition, the Company is specifically exposed to risks relating to 
economic or political developments in Argentina, Mexico and other 
developing countries. 

The Company’s foreign operations may suffer disruptions and may 
incur losses that would not be covered by insurance. In particular, civil 
unrest in politically unstable countries may increase the possibility that 
the Company’s operations could be interrupted or adversely affected. 
The impact of such disruptions could include the Company’s inability to 
ship products in a timely and cost effective manner, its inability to place 
contractors and employees in various countries or regions, or result in 
the need for evacuations or similar disruptions. 

Any material currency fluctuations, devaluations or political unrest that 
may disrupt oil and gas exploration and production or the movement 
of funds and assets could materially adversely affect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

27

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS The Company’s North American operations could be affected by 
regulatory approval processes that could delay or prevent the 
construction of new pipeline infrastructure.

The Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
financial condition could be adversely affected by actions under 
Canadian, US, European or other trade or tax laws.

The Company is a Canadian-based company with significant operations 
in the United States. The Company also owns and operates international 
manufacturing operations that support its Canadian, US and European 
operations. If actions under Canadian, US, European or other trade 
or tax laws were instituted that limited the Company’s access to the 
materials or products necessary for such manufacturing operations, 
the Company’s ability to meet its customers’ specifications and delivery 
requirements would be reduced. Any such reduction in the Company’s 
ability to meet its customers’ specifications and delivery requirements 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, 
business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company has various facilities that export products to the United 
States and other countries. Any changes to trade or tax laws, including 
amendments to or the cancellation of the North American Free 
Trade Agreement, that negatively impact the competitiveness of the 
Company’s exports or products could have a material adverse effect  
on the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
financial condition.

Political and Regulatory Risk Mitigation
The Company manages political and regulatory risks by working with 
government, regulators and other parties to resolve issues, if any. In 
addition, the Company ensures that it is compliant with the laws and 
regulations within the jurisdictions where it operates.

11.0  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

As at December 31, 2017, the provisions on the annual consolidated 
balance sheet related to environmental matters and included as 
decommissioning liability obligations were $29.2 million. The Company 
believes these provisions to be sufficient to fully satisfy all liabilities 
related to known environmental matters.

The total undiscounted cash flows estimated to settle all 
decommissioning liabilities is $42 million as at December 31, 2017. 
The current pre-tax risk-free rates at which the estimated cash flows 
have been discounted range between 0% and 18%. Settlement for all 
decommissioning liabilities is expected to be funded by future cash  
flows from the Company’s operations. 

The Company expects the following cash outflows over the next five 
years and thereafter for decommissioning liabilities:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2018  
2019  
2020 
2021  
2022  
More than five years 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

5,302

3,198

5,433

4,7 7 7

489

22,831

$ 

42,030

12.0  RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

The Company reports on certain non-GAAP measures that are used 
to evaluate its performance and segments, as well as to determine 
compliance with debt covenants and to manage the capital structure. 
These non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under 
IFRS and are not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided 
by other companies. The Company discloses these measures because 
it believes that they provide further information and assist readers in 
understanding the results of the Company’s operations and financial 
position. These measures should not be considered in isolation or used in 
substitution for other measures of performance prepared in accordance 
with GAAP. The following is a reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures 
reported by the Company. 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 
EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as earnings before interest, 
income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is also 
a non-GAAP measure defined as EBITDA adjusted for non-operational 
items or items which do not impact day-to-day operations. The Company 
believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental 
measures that provide a meaningful indication of the Company’s results 
from principal business activities prior to the consideration of how 
these activities are financed or the tax impacts in various jurisdictions 
and for comparing its operating performance with the performance of 
other companies that have different financing, capital or tax structures. 
The Company presents Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of EBITDA that 
excludes the impact of transactions that are outside the Company’s 
normal course of business or day to day operations. Adjusted EBITDA 
is used by many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several 
important analytical tools to evaluate financial performance and is a  
key metric in business valuations. It is also considered important by 
lenders to the Company and is included in the financial covenants of  
the Company’s debt agreements. 

28

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income (Loss) 
Add:   

Income taxes  
  Finance costs, net 
  Amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets 

EBITDA  
  Cost associated with repayment and modification of long-term debt 
  Gain from arbitration award 

Impairment  

  Gain on sale of land 

ADJUSTED EBITDA 

Three Months Ended December 31, 

Year Ended December 31,

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016

$ 

19,817 

$ 

28,339 

$ 

7 1,180 

$ 

(180,566)

10,123 

3,562 

24,869 

6,954 

2,868 

18,927 

33,988 

16,817 

96,437 

6,207

15,915

80,290

$ 

58,371 

$ 

57,088 

$ 

218,422 

$ 

(78,154)

– 

– 

8,073 

– 

948 

(19,221) 

– 

(5,562) 

– 

– 

8,073 

(311) 

3,009

(19,221)

157,311

(6,493)

$ 

66,444 

$ 

33,253 

$ 

226,184 

$ 

56,452

Operating Margin
Operating margin is defined as operating income divided by revenue and 
is a non-GAAP measure. The Company believes that operating margin is 
a useful supplemental measure that provides meaningful assessment of 
the business performance of the Company and its Operating Segments. 
The Company uses this measure as a key indicator of financial 
performance, operating efficiency and cost control based on volume  
of business generated.

Return on Invested Capital
ROIC, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as net income adjusted for after 
tax interest expense divided by average invested capital over the year. 
Average invested capital is calculated as the average over the year 
of bank indebtedness, long-term debt and equity and is used by the 
Company to assess the efficiency of generating profits from each unit 
of invested capital, independent of the Company’s financing choice. 
Investors use this measure to evaluate how well the Company is using 
its invested capital to generate returns and for comparing its long-term 
return performance to the performance of other companies.

The following table sets forth the calculation of the Company’s ROIC as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except percentages) 

Net income (loss) 
Add: After-tax interest expense 

Net income (loss) adjusted for after-tax interest expense 
Average invested capital 

ROIC  

$ 

2017 

71,307 
13,321 

2016

$ 

(180,960)

15,973

84,628 
$ 
$  1,301,563 

$ 

$ 

(164,987)

1,397,722

6.5% 

 (11.8%)

Days Sales Outstanding (“DSO”)
DSO is defined as the number of days trade accounts receivable are 
outstanding based on a 90-day cycle and is calculated by dividing 
the average trade accounts receivable balance for the quarter by 
the revenue for that same quarter, and multiplying by 90 days. DSO 
approximates the measure of the average number of days from when 

the Company recognizes revenue until the cash is collected from 
the customer. This measure is important in assessing the Company’s 
ability to generate cash from its outstanding trade accounts receivable. 
The Company monitors this measure to manage cash flow from 
its operations. The following table sets forth the calculation for the 
Company’s DSO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DSO) 

Revenue for the fourth quarter 
Average trade accounts receivable 

DSO   

2017 

2016

$  426,060 
208,104 

$ 

$ 

$ 

329,182

182,331

44 

50

Days Payables Outstanding (“DPO”)
DPO is defined as the average number of days from when purchased 
goods and services are received until payment is made to the  
suppliers based on a 90-day cycle and is calculated by dividing  
the average accounts payable and accrued liabilities for the quarter  
by the cost of goods sold for that same quarter, and multiplying by  
90 days. DPO approximates average payment terms granted by the 

Company’s suppliers, and an increase in DPO is generally considered 
an improvement in the management of accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities. This measure is important in assessing the Company’s ability 
to ensure optimal cash flow management while meeting its financial 
obligations in a timely manner. The Company monitors this measure to 
manage cash flows from its operations. The following table sets forth  
the calculation for the Company’s DPO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DPO) 

Cost of goods sold for the fourth quarter 
Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities 

DPO   

2017 

2016

$ 

$ 

264,774 
203,497 

$ 

$ 

221,480

205,602

69 

84

29

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Working Capital Ratio
Working capital ratio is defined as current assets divided by current liabilities. This metric provides management with an indication of the current 
liquidity available to the Company before considering long-term debt. The following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s working capital 
ratio as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except ratios) 

Current assets 
Current liabilities 

Working capital ratio 

2017 

2016

709,204 
$ 
$  330,982 

$ 

$ 

675,439

395,453

2.14 

1.71

13.0  FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This document includes certain statements that reflect management’s 
expectations and objectives for the Company’s future performance, 
opportunities and growth, which statements constitute “forward-looking 
information” and “forward-looking statements” (collectively “forward-
looking information”) under applicable securities laws. Such statements, 
other than statements of historical fact, are predictive in nature or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-looking information 
involves estimates, assumptions, judgments and uncertainties. These 
statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology 
such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “believe”, “predict”, 
“estimate”, “continue”, “intend”, “plan” and variations of these words 
or other similar expressions. Specifically, this document includes 
forward-looking information in the Outlook section and elsewhere in 
respect of, among other things, the achievement of key performance 
objectives, the timing of major project activity, the expected decline 
in consolidated revenues and earnings in 2018 from 2017 and the 
expected improvement in financial results in 2019 and 2020, the growth 
in revenue and earnings in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment of 
the Company’s business, the increase in demand in the North American 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment of the Company’s business, the 
decline in revenues in the Latin American Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment of the Company’s business, the impact of the existing order 
backlog and other factors on the Company’s revenue and operating 
income, including the award of contracts on outstanding bids, and in 
the longer term, the impact of global economic activity on the demand 
for the Company’s products, the impact of the recovery in global oil and 
gas commodity prices on the level of industry investment in oil and gas 
infrastructure, the impact of changing energy demand, supply and prices 
and the impact of investments in pipeline capacity and infrastructure 
rehabilitation on the Company’s business. 

Forward-looking information involves known and unknown risks 
and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those predicted by the forward-looking information. We caution 
readers not to place undue reliance on forward-looking information as 
a number of factors could cause actual events, results and prospects 
to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward-
looking information. Significant risks facing the Company include, but 
are not limited to: the impact on the Company of reduced demand for 
its products and services, including the suspension or cancellation of 
existing contracts, as a result of lower investment in global oil and gas 
extraction and transportation activity following the previous declines  
in the global price of oil and gas, long term changes in global or regional 

economic activity and changes in energy supply and demand, which 
with other factors, impact on the level of global pipeline infrastructure 
construction; exposure to product and other liability claims; shortages 
of or significant increases in the prices of raw materials used by the 
Company; compliance with environmental, trade and other laws; political, 
economic and other risks arising from the Company’s international 
operations; fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, as well as other risks 
and uncertainties, as more fully described under the heading “Risks and 
Uncertainties” and in the Company’s Annual Information Form under the 
heading “Risk Factors.” 

These statements of forward-looking information are based on 
assumptions, estimates and analysis made by management in light of 
its experience and perception of trends, current conditions and expected 
developments as well as other factors believed to be reasonable and 
relevant in the circumstances. These assumptions include those 
in respect of global oil and gas prices, increases in expenditures on 
natural gas infrastructures, modest global economic growth, increased 
investment in new pipeline capacity and in the rehabilitation of aging 
infrastructure, increase in capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry, 
stable demand in the global automotive market and in the European 
and North American industrial markets as such apply to the Company’s 
Petrochemical and Industrial business segment, the Company’s ability 
to execute projects under contract and to secure significant additional 
contracts and the impact thereof in 2018 and subsequent years, the 
continued supply of and stable pricing for commodities used by the 
Company, the availability of personnel resources sufficient for the 
Company to operate its businesses, the maintenance of operations in 
major oil and gas producing regions and the ability of the Company to 
satisfy all covenants under its Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes. The 
Company believes that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking 
information are based on reasonable assumptions in light of currently 
available information. However, should one or more risks materialize 
or should any assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could 
vary materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking 
information included in this document and the Company can give no 
assurance that such expectations will be achieved.

When considering the forward-looking information in making decisions 
with respect to the Company, readers should carefully consider the 
foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. The 
Company does not assume the obligation to revise or update forward-
looking information after the date of this document or to revise it to 
reflect the occurrence of future unanticipated events, except as may  
be required under applicable securities laws.

30

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To the extent any forward-looking information in this document 
constitutes future oriented financial information or financial outlooks, 
within the meaning of securities laws, such information is being provided 
to demonstrate the potential of the Company and readers are cautioned 
that this information may not be appropriate for any other purpose. 
Future oriented financial information and financial outlooks, as with 
forward-looking information generally, are based on the assumptions  
and subject to the risks noted above.

14.0  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information relating to the Company, including its Annual 
Information Form, is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

March 1, 2018

31

ANNUAL REPORT 2017MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MANAGEMENT’S  
RESPONSIBILITY FOR  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shawcor Ltd. included in this Annual Report are the responsibility of management and have 
been approved by the Board of Directors.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board. When alternative accounting methods exist, management has selected those it deems to be most 
appropriate in the circumstances. The consolidated financial statements include estimates based on the experience and judgment of management 
in order to ensure that the financial statements are presented fairly, in all material respects. Financial information presented elsewhere in the annual 
report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

The management of the Company and its subsidiaries developed and continues to maintain systems of internal accounting controls and management 
practices designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial information is relevant, reliable and accurate and that the Company’s assets are 
appropriately accounted for and adequately safeguarded.

The Board of Directors exercises its responsibilities for ensuring that management fulfils its responsibilities for financial reporting and internal control 
with the assistance of its Audit Committee. 

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board and all of its members are Directors who are not officers or employees of Shawcor Ltd. or any of 
its subsidiaries. The Committee meets periodically to review quarterly financial reports and to discuss internal controls over the financial reporting 
process, auditing matters and financial reporting issues. The Committee reviews the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and 
recommends their approval to the Board of Directors.

These financial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the external auditors, on behalf of the shareholders. Ernst & Young LLP has  
full and free access to the Audit Committee. 

Stephen M. Orr 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Gaston A. Tano 
Senior Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

March 1, 2018

32

SHAWCOR LTD.INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

INDEPENDENT  
AUDITORS’ REPORT

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF SHAWCOR LTD.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shawcor Ltd., which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows  
for the years then ended and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s responsibility for the consolidated financial statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance 
with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The 
procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial 
statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation 
and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not 
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness  
of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation  
of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shawcor Ltd. as at December 31, 2017  
and 2016, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Chartered Professional Accountants 
Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada 
March 1, 2018 

33

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 
Sale of products 
Rendering of services 

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 

Gross Profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment (note 20)   
Amortization of intangible assets (note 21) 
Gain on sale of land 
Impairment (note 25) 

Income (Loss) from Operations 
Loss from investments in associates   
Finance costs, net (note 10) 
Cost associated with repayment and modification of long-term debt (note 29) 
Gain from arbitration award (note 31) 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes 
Income taxes (note 11) 

Net Income (Loss) 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Net Income (Loss) 

Earnings (Loss) per Share (note 12) 
  Basic  
  Diluted 
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding (000s) (note 12) 
  Basic  
  Diluted 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2017 

2016

$ 

509,491 
1,057,161 

$ 

373,128

836,131

1,566,652 

1,209,259

980,919 

585,733 

342,991 
10,536 
(249) 
77,267 
19,170 
(311) 
8,073 

128,256 
(6,271) 
(16,817) 
– 
– 

105,168 
33,988 

816,775

392,484

320,643

13,239

(1,386)

57,255

23,035

(6,493)

157,311

(171,120)

(3,536)

(15,915)

(3,009)

19,221

(174,359)

6,207

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

71,180 

$ 

(180,566)

71,307 
(127) 

$ 

(180,960)

394

71,180 

$ 

(180,566)

1.02 
1.02 

$ 

$ 

(2.80)

(2.80)

69,926 
70,102 

64,719

64,719

34

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income (Loss)  

Other Comprehensive Loss 
Other Comprehensive Loss to be Reclassified to Net Income (Loss) in Subsequent Periods 
  Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
  Other comprehensive loss attributable to investments in associates 
  Cash flow hedge gains 

  Net Other Comprehensive Loss to be Reclassified to Net Income (Loss) in Subsequent Periods 

Other Comprehensive Income not to be Reclassified to Net Income (Loss) in Subsequent Periods 
  Actuarial gains on defined benefit plans (note 15)  

Income tax expense (note 11) 

  Net Other Comprehensive Income not to be Reclassified to Net Income (Loss) in Subsequent Periods 

Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Income Taxes   

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)   

Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2017 

2016

$ 

71,180 

$ 

(180,566)

(33,446) 
(280) 
– 

(33,726) 

692 
(168) 

524 

(40,970)

(593)

3,011

(38,552)

2,844

(752)

2,092

(33,202) 

(36,460)

37,978 

$ 

(217,026)

38,022 
(44) 

$ 

(215,463)

(1,563)

37,978 

$ 

(217,026)

$ 

$ 

$ 

35

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

As at December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

ASSETS 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16) 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable (note 17) 
Accounts receivable (note 18) 
Income taxes receivable 
Inventory (note 19) 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative financial instruments (note 7) 

Non-current Assets 
Loans receivable (note 17) 
Property, plant and equipment (notes 20 and 25) 
Intangible assets (notes 21 and 25) 
Investments in associates (note 23) 
Deferred income tax assets (note 11) 
Other assets (note 24) 
Goodwill (notes 22 and 25) 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 
Current Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness (note 29) 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 26) 
Provisions (note 27) 
Income taxes payable 
Derivative financial instruments (note 7) 
Deferred revenue  
Obligations under finance lease (note 31) 
Other liabilities (note 28) 

Non-current Liabilities 
Long-term debt (note 30) 
Obligations under finance lease (note 31) 
Provisions (note 27) 
Employee future benefits (note 15) 
Deferred income tax liabilities (note 11)  
Other liabilities (note 28) 

Total Liabilities 

Equity 
Share capital (note 32) 
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Non-controlling interests 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Total Equity 

Total Liabilities and Equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

36

2017 

2016

$  289,065 
– 
2,448 
259,694 
20,205 
115,479 
21,931 
382 

709,204 

2,283 
417,781 
164,872 
20,188 
33,876 
20,606 
329,391 

$ 

194,824

1,890

3,832

294,397

35,141

113,485

22,477

9,393

675,439

5,058

471,468

192,907

26,739

28,955

26,407

350,818

988,997 

1,102,352

$  1,698,201 

$ 

1,777,791

$ 

– 
201,017 
27,361 
42,904 
1,915 
44,826 
1 ,1 1 1  
11,848 

330,982 

246,175 
10,840 
36,555 
18,552 
6,448 
3,665 

322,235 

653,217 

704,956 
27,651 
302,406 
5,848 
4,123 

$ 

2,463

212,539

21,104

39,011

3,759

103,584

950

12,043

395,453

263,528

11,019

35,304

20,727

7,484

1,236

339,298

734,751

703,316

23,379

273,045

5,892

37,408

1,044,984 

1,043,040

$  1,698,201 

$  1,7 7 7,7 9 1

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Net (loss) income 
Other comprehensive loss 

Comprehensive loss 
Issued through public offering (net of commissions  
  and share issuance costs of $7.3 million) (note 32) 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised restricted share units   
Stock-based compensation expense  
Dividends declared and paid to shareholders (note 32) 

Share 
Capital 

Contributed 
Surplus 

Retained 
Earnings 

Non-controlling 
Interests 

 534,484 

 18,638 

 492,713 

– 

– 

– 

165,295 

2,311 

764 

462 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(764) 

(462) 

5,967 

– 

(180,960) 

– 

(180,960) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(38,708) 

 7,455 

394 

(1,957) 

(1,563) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 

Total 
Equity

 71,911 

 1,125,201

– 

(34,503) 

(34,503) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(180,566)

(36,460)

(217,026)

165,295

2,311

–

–

5,967

(38,708)

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Net income (loss)  
Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Comprehensive income (loss) 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised restricted share units   
Stock-based compensation expense  
Dividends declared and paid to shareholders (note 32) 

$ 

703,316 

$ 

23,379 

$ 

273,045 

$ 

5,892 

$ 

37,408 

$  1,043,040

– 

– 

– 

761 

278 

601 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(278) 

(601) 

5,151 

– 

71,307 

– 

71,307 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(41,946) 

(127) 

83 

(44) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(33,285) 

(33,285) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

71,180

(33,202)

37,978

761

–

–

5,151

(41,946)

Balance – December 31, 2017 

$ 

704,956 

$ 

27,651 

$  302,406 

$ 

5,848 

$ 

4,123 

$  1,044,984

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

37

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Operating Activities 
Net income (loss) for the year 
Add (deduct) items not affecting cash 
  Amortization of property, plant and equipment (note 20) 
  Amortization of intangible assets (note 21) 
  Amortization of long-term prepaid expenses 

Impairment (note 25) 

  Decommissioning liabilities expense (note 27) 
  Other provisions expense (note 27)   
  Share-based and other incentive-based compensation (note 14) 
  Deferred income taxes (note 11) 

(Gain) loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  

  Gain on sale of land  
  Unrealized loss (income) on derivative financial instruments 
  Loss from investments in associates (note 23) 
  Other 
Settlement of decommissioning liabilities (note 27) 
Settlement of other provisions (note 27) 
Net change in employee future benefits (note 15) 
Change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investing Activities 
Decrease (increase) in loans receivable 
Decrease in short-term investments (net) 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment   
Purchase of intangible assets 
Increase in other assets 
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired (note 5)  

Cash Used in Investing Activities 

Financing Activities 
(Decrease) increase in bank indebtedness (note 29)   
Decrease in loans payable (note 30) 
Repayment of long-term debt 
Payment of obligations under finance lease (note 31) 
Other liabilities – non-current 
Issuance of shares (net of commissions and share issuance costs) (note 32) 
Dividends paid to shareholders (note 32) 

Cash Used in Financing Activities 

Effect of Foreign Exchange on Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents for the Year   
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Beginning of Year 

Cash and Cash Equivalents – End of Year 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information  
Interest paid 
Interest received 
Income taxes paid 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

38

2017 

2016

$ 

71,180 

$ 

(180,566)

77,267 
19,170 
1,179 
8,073 
(746) 
12,644 
7,969 
(6,107) 
(27) 
(311) 
7,167 
6,271 
– 
(765) 
(3,791) 
3,152 
(23,879) 

178,446 

3,766 
1,890 
(41,068) 
4,361 
(71) 
(836) 
– 

(31,958) 

(2,463) 
– 
– 
(1,090) 
(222) 
761 
(41,946) 

(44,960) 

(7,287) 

94,241 
194,824 

57,255

23,035

467

157,311

(2,875)

9,711

8,548

(16,396)

719

(6,493)

(81)

3,536

(689)

(292)

(16,288)

56

94,935

131,893

(1,205)

1,064

(89,252)

14,784

–

(4,420)

(32,331)

(111,360)

2,463

(520)

(202,568)

(829)

–

167,606

(38,708)

(72,556)

(13,798)

(65,821)

260,645

$  289,065 

$ 

194,824

$ 

$ 

$ 

15,826 
1,326 
39,072 

$ 

$ 

$ 

17,688

780

26,112

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Shawcor Ltd. is a publicly listed company incorporated in Canada with its shares listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Shawcor Ltd., together with its 
wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company” or “Shawcor”), is a growth oriented, global energy services company serving the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and Industrial segments of the energy industry. The Company operates eight divisions with over  
80 manufacturing and service facilities located around the world. Further information as it pertains to the nature of operations is set out in note 8.

The head office, principal address and registered office of the Company is 25 Bethridge Road, Toronto, Ontario, M9W 1M7, Canada.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

PAGE 

DESCRIPTION

General Application 

1.  Basis of Financial Statement Preparation 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

3.  Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied 

4.  New Accounting Standards Adopted  

5.  Acquisition 

6.  Capital Management 

7.  Financial Instruments 

Consolidated Results of Operations Focused 

8.  Segment Information 

9.  Employee Benefits Expense 

10.  Finance Costs 

11.  Income Taxes 

12.  Earnings (Loss) Per Share 

13.  Key Management Compensation 

40 

40 

48 

50 

50 

50 

51 

54 

56 

56 

56 

58 

58 

14.  Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation  59 

Summary of financial statement preparation

 Summary of accounting policies and principles and the methods used in  
their application

 Summary of developments in generally accepted accounting principles that will or may 
affect the Company

Summary of recently adopted generally accepted accounting principles

Summary of business acquisitions

 Summary of objectives, policies and processes for managing the capital structure

 Summary of financial instruments, including fair values and the management of 
associated risks

 Summary disclosure of segmented information regularly reported to the chief operating 
decision maker

Summary of employee benefits expense

Summary of items comprising finance costs

 Summary of income tax expense, reconciliations of statutory rate income tax expense to 
income tax expense and analyses of deferred income tax liability

Summary of numerators and denominators used in calculating per share amounts

Summary of key management compensation

 Summary of compensation arising from share option awards, restricted share units 
(RSUs), deferred share units (DSUs) and employee share purchase plan

15.  Employee Future Benefits 

62 

Summary of employee future benefits and related disclosures

Consolidated Financial Position Focused 

16.  Cash and Cash Equivalents 

17.  Loans Receivable 

18.  Accounts Receivable 

19.  Inventory 

20. Property, Plant and Equipment 

65 

65 

65 

66 

66 

Summary of cash and cash equivalents

Summary of items comprising loans receivable

Summary of items comprising accounts receivable

Summary of items comprising inventory

Summary of items comprising property, plant and equipment

39

ANNUAL REPORT 2017  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

PAGE 

DESCRIPTION

21.  Intangible Assets 

22. Goodwill 

23. Investments in Associates 

24. Other Assets 

25. Impairment 

26. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities 

27.  Provisions 

28. Other Liabilities 

29. Credit Facilities 

30. Long-term Debt 

31.  Leases, Commitments and Contingencies 

32. Share Capital 

Other 

67 

68 

69 

70 

70 

71 

71 

72 

73 

73 

74 

75 

Summary of items comprising intangible assets 

Summary of items comprising goodwill 

Summary of associates and related disclosures

Summary of items comprising other assets

Summary of impairment charges

Summary of items comprising accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Summary of items comprising provisions

Summary of items comprising other liabilities

Summary of borrowings and credit facilities

Summary of long-term debt and related disclosures

Summary of lease obligations, contingent liabilities, claims and lawsuits

Summary of authorized share capital

33. Consolidated Financial Statements 

75 

A note on comparative figures in the consolidated financial statements

NOTE 1.  BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PREPARATION 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), applicable to the preparation of financial statements. 

The policies applied in these consolidated financial statements are based on IFRS issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2017. 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain current assets and financial instruments, 
which are measured at fair value, as explained in the accounting policies set out in note 2.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, except when  
otherwise stated.

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and the entities under its control and the Company’s equity 
accounted interests in joint ventures and associates.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment 
or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

The results of the subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. 
Adjustments are made, where necessary, to the financial statements of the subsidiaries and joint arrangements and associates to ensure consistency 
with those policies adopted by the Company. All intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated upon consolidation.

The audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2017 were authorized for issue by the 
Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on March 1, 2018. 

NOTE 2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with IFRS. The more significant accounting policies are  
as follows:

a) Critical Judgments in Applying Accounting Policies
The following are the critical judgments that management has made in the process of applying accounting policies and that have the most significant 
effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. 

Materiality
Assessments about whether line items are sufficiently material to warrant separate presentation in the primary financial statements or in the financial 
statement notes.

40

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
  
 
Determination of Reportable Operating Segments
Management has exercised judgment in evaluating the defined aspects of its operating segments, aggregation criteria, and quantitative thresholds 
that form the reportable operating segments of the Company. Management has also exercised professional judgment in determining that the 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Operating segments are reported in a manner 
consistent with the internal reporting provided to the CODM. The CODM is responsible for allocating resources and assessing the performance of the 
operating segments. 

Determination of Cash-generating Units (“CGUs”)
Management has exercised judgment in identifying the CGUs of the Company. In performing impairment assessments of long-lived assets, assets 
that cannot be assessed individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent 
of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. Determination of CGUs is also required for impairment testing of goodwill.

Business Acquisitions
Significant judgments and assumptions are made in compiling the purchase price allocation for acquired companies. Management has exercised 
professional judgment in determining the total consideration paid in an acquisition, including any contingent consideration, and in determining 
the assets and liabilities that should be part of the purchase price accounting. Management has also exercised judgment in identifying intangible 
assets and in choosing the appropriate valuation models and techniques to determine their fair values. Management has also exercised professional 
judgment in characterizing the composition of any residual goodwill and its allocation to CGUs benefiting from the goodwill. 

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities 
Provisions and liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the period when it becomes probable that there will be a future 
outflow of economic benefits resulting from past operations or events and the amount of the cash outflow can be reliably measured. The timing of 
recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application of judgment to existing facts and circumstances, which can be subject to 
change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities are reviewed regularly and adjusted to take into account changing facts and circumstances.

The Company is required to determine whether a loss is probable based on judgment and interpretation of laws and regulations and whether the loss 
can be reliably measured. When a loss is determined, it is charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company must continually 
monitor known and potential contingent matters and make appropriate provisions by charges to income when warranted by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
Management is required to apply judgment in determining whether any legal or constructive obligations exist to dismantle, remove or restore its 
assets, including any obligations to rehabilitate environmental damage on its properties. Management is required to make significant assumptions  
in determining the obligation for decommissioning liabilities. There are numerous factors that will affect the liability payable including the extent  
and costs of rehabilitation activities, technological changes, regulatory changes, cost increases, and changes in discount rates. 

Income Taxes
The calculation of income taxes requires judgment in interpreting tax rules and regulations. There are transactions and calculations for which the 
ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The tax filings also are subject to audits, the outcome of which could change the amount of current and 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities. Management believes that it has sufficient amounts accrued for outstanding tax matters based on 
information that is currently available.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable 
income. Management judgment is used to determine the amounts of deferred income tax assets and liabilities to be recognized, based upon the likely 
timing and the level of future taxable profit together with future tax planning strategies. In particular, judgment is required when assessing the timing  
of the reversal of temporary differences to which future income tax rates are applied. 

b) Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements 
and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated financial statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill 
The Company evaluates the recoverable amounts of its CGUs with goodwill on an annual basis on October 31 of each year to determine whether or 
not impairment of these assets has occurred and whether write-downs of the value of these assets are required. Similarly, the Company evaluates 
the recoverable amounts of CGUs for long-lived assets whenever circumstances arise that could indicate impairment or reversal of impairment, at 
each reporting date. Further, at each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether there are indicators of impairment or reversal of impairment for 
long-lived assets or groups of long-lived assets. If indicators are noted, the Company evaluates the recoverable amount of the asset or CGU to which 
the asset belongs, to determine if an impairment charge or reversal of impairment is warranted. These impairment tests include certain assumptions 
regarding discount rates and future cash flows generated by these assets in determining the value-in-use or fair value less costs of disposal 
calculations. Actual results could differ from these assumptions and estimates.

41

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmployee Future Benefit Obligations 
The Company provides future benefits to its employees under a number of defined benefit arrangements. The calculation of the defined benefit 
obligation recognized in the consolidated financial statements includes a number of assumptions regarding discount rates, rates of employee 
compensation increases, rates of inflation, and life expectancies. The realized results of these factors could differ from the estimates used in the 
calculations, which may have an impact on operating expenses, non-current assets and non-current liabilities. 

Decommissioning Liabilities
Decommissioning liabilities include legal and constructive obligations related to owned and leased facilities. These have been recorded in the 
consolidated financial statements based on estimated future amounts required to satisfy these obligations. The amount recognized is the present 
value of estimated future expenditures required to settle the obligation using a current pre-tax risk-free rate. 

Financial Instruments
The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its financial instruments not traded in an active market based on appropriate valuation 
methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates, mainly based on market conditions existing at the end of each 
reporting period. Accordingly, these estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market 
exchange. The estimated fair value amounts can be materially affected by the use of different assumptions or methodologies.

Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations related to the impact in the current year of future events. Differences between the 
estimated and actual impact of these events could impact tax expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, income and losses in 
foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates different from those expected in Canada. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it  
is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the losses can be utilized. 

Given the wide range of international business relationships and the complexity and duration of contracts, differences arising between the actual 
results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to taxable income and tax expense 
already recorded. The Company establishes liabilities, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities of 
the respective countries in which it operates. The amount of such liabilities is based on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and 
differing interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such differences in interpretation may arise for a 
wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the domicile of the respective entity.

c) Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired 
are measured at fair value at the acquisition date. The consideration transferred is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent 
consideration. Acquisition transaction costs and any restructuring costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss) in the period in 
which they are incurred.

For an acquisition achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to 
fair value at the acquisition date through profit or loss. 

The excess of the aggregate consideration transferred over the fair value of the Company’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded  
as goodwill.

d) Foreign Currency Translation

Functional and Presentation Currency
Amounts included in the financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates are measured using the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements of  
the Company are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the parent Company’s functional and presentation currency.

Foreign Currency Transactions
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss), except when deferred in other 
comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) as qualifying net investment hedges.

Translation of Foreign Operations
The results and financial position of all the Company’s entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated 
into the presentation currency as follows:

•  assets and liabilities for each consolidated balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet; and 

• 

income and expenses for each consolidated statement of income (loss) are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing for the year.

42

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOn consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency 
instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are reclassified to OCI. 

When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, exchange differences that were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated 
at the closing rate.

e) Financial Instruments
Financial assets recorded at fair value through profit or loss include financial assets held for trading or meeting specified criteria and designated upon 
initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss as appropriate. 

Held-to-maturity financial assets, loans and receivables and other liabilities not held for trading are accounted for at amortized cost.

Available-for-sale financial assets are those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale by the Company or do not 
fall into another category. Available-for-sale financial assets are carried on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with gains or losses from 
changes in fair value during a period included in OCI.

Financial assets are recognized initially at fair value.

All financial liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and designated upon inception as fair value through profit or loss, or loans and borrowings. 

Financial liabilities classified as fair value through profit or loss include derivative financial instruments. Any changes in fair value are recognized 
through the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Loans and borrowings are initially recorded at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, these liabilities are 
subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method.

The following is a summary of the classes of financial instruments included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as well as their designation 
by the Company:

Balance Sheet Item 

Designation

Cash and Cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable 
Loans receivable 
Convertible preferred shares 
Derivative financial instruments 
Bank indebtedness 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 

Fair value through profit or loss 
Held-to-maturity
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables 
Available-for-sale 
Fair value through profit or loss
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings
Fair value through profit or loss
Loans and borrowings

Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company’s policy is to document its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various derivative financial instrument 
transactions. Derivative financial instruments designated as effective net investment hedges are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets at fair 
value, with any gains or losses resulting from fair value changes included in OCI to the extent of hedge effectiveness. Derivative financial instruments 
not designated as part of a formal hedging relationship are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, with gains or losses resulting from 
changes in fair value during a period recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss). 

Fair Value
Financial instruments measured at fair value are categorized into one of the following three levels in the fair value hierarchy for disclosure purposes:

•  Level 1 –  Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are observable.

•  Level 2 –  Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or 

corroborated by observable market data.

•  Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights to the receipt of cash flows expire or the asset is transferred to another party whereby 
the entity no longer has any significant continuing involvement in the risks and rewards associated with the asset. 

43

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial liabilities are derecognized when the related obligations are either discharged, cancelled, or expire. The difference between the carrying value 
of the financial liability extinguished or transferred to another party and the fair value of the consideration paid, including the transfer of non-cash 
assets acquired or liabilities assumed, is recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) in the period in which it is incurred.

Impairment
Financial assets carried at amortized cost are assessed at each reporting date for any potential impairment. If there is objective evidence that an 
impairment loss has occurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the 
estimated future cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is then reduced by the amount  
of the impairment and the impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the 
impairment was recognized, the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Transaction Costs
Transaction costs associated with financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed as incurred, while transaction costs 
associated with all other financial assets are included in the initial carrying amount of the asset.

f) Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Company and the revenue can be reliably measured, 
regardless of when the payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account 
contractually defined terms of payment and net of taxes or duty. The Company has concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements 
since it is the primary obligor, has pricing latitude and is exposed to inventory and credit risks.

Sale of Goods
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer, usually  
on delivery of the goods. Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of returns  
and allowances, trade discounts and volume rebates. 

Rendering of Services
Revenue from pipe coating, inspection, repair and other services provided in respect of customer-owned property is recognized as services are 
performed under specific contracts and is recognized by reference to the stage of completion. Stage of completion is determined based on surveys 
of work performed as measured by units of production (for example: meters of pipe coated or hours of inspection or repair services provided) to date 
multiplied by contractually agreed upon rates.

Services performed in advance of billings are recorded as unbilled revenue pursuant to the contractual terms. In general, amounts become billable 
upon the achievement of contract milestones (such as the commencement of coating) or in accordance with predetermined payment schedules. 
Changes in the scope of work are not included in net revenue unless the changes are probable and can be reliably measured. 

The Company records payments received in advance of revenue recognition from customers as deferred revenue, which are then recognized as 
revenue as products are delivered and as services are performed. 

g) Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. 
All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in 
connection with the borrowing of funds.

h) Employee Future Benefits
The Company provides future benefits to its employees under a number of defined benefit and defined contribution arrangements. The employee 
future benefits liability recognized on the consolidated balance sheets, in respect of the defined benefit pension plans, represents the deficit position 
for those defined benefit plans, whose defined benefit obligation exceeds that pension plan’s assets. The Company has included in other assets the 
net surplus position of those defined benefit plans whose pension plan assets exceed the defined benefit obligation. 

The defined benefit obligation is determined by independent actuaries using the project unit credit method pro-rated on service. The defined benefit 
obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that have terms to 
maturity matching the terms of the related defined benefit arrangements. Plan assets are valued at quoted market prices at the consolidated balance 
sheet dates.

Past service costs arising from plan amendments are fully recognized in income when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs, or when related 
restructuring costs or termination benefits are recognized, whichever comes first.

44

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSActuarial gains and losses resulting from experience adjustments and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions, and actual returns on plan 
assets, as compared to returns using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds, are recognized in OCI in the period in which they arise. 

For the Company’s defined contribution plans, costs are determined based on the services provided by the Company’s employees and are recognized 
in the consolidated statements of income (loss) as those services are provided.

i) Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation
The Company has various stock-based compensation plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense in respect of all of its stock-based 
compensation plans. The compensation expense for equity-settled awards is equal to the estimated fair value, based on an appropriate pricing model, 
of the incentive options, rights or units granted at the grant date, and is amortized over the vesting period of the incentive options, rights or units.

In accordance with IFRS, for each award of stock-based compensation that vests in installments, the fair value is determined on each installment as 
a separate award. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At the end of 
each reporting period, the Company revises its estimates of the number of options, rights or incentive units that are expected to vest based on the 
non-market vesting conditions.

For options, units or rights that are settled with equity, an amount equal to compensation expense is initially credited to contributed surplus as  
the expense is recognized and transferred to share capital if and when the option, unit or right is exercised. 

Consideration received on the exercise of a stock option, right or unit is credited to share capital, when additional equity instruments are issued. 
Options, units or rights that are settled with cash are classified as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS.

Awards where the employee has the right to choose whether a share-based transaction is settled in cash or by issuing equity are accounted for  
as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

For cash-settled awards, the fair value of the liability is recalculated at each consolidated balance sheet date until the awards are settled based on  
the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest, adjusting for non-market based performance conditions. During the vesting period, a 
liability is recognized representing the portion of the vesting period that has expired at the consolidated balance sheet date multiplied by the fair value 
of the awards at that date. After vesting, the full fair value of the unsettled awards at each consolidated balance sheet date is recognized as a liability. 
Movements in the liability are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The fair value is recalculated using an option pricing model 
or other appropriate valuation technique.

j) Research and Development Costs
In accordance with IAS 38, Intangible Assets, research and development costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss), except  
for development costs, which are capitalized as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met:

•  the project is clearly defined and the costs are separately identified and reliably measured;

•  the technical feasibility of the project is demonstrated;

•  the project will generate future economic benefit;

•  resources are available to complete the project; and

•  the project is intended to be completed.

The intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any. Amortization of the asset commences 
when development has been completed and the asset is available for use. It is amortized over the period of expected future benefit, generally 
between three to ten years. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually. All other development costs are charged  
to the consolidated statements of income (loss).

k) Investments in Joint Ventures
The Company has interests in several joint arrangements, whereby joint control of the respective legal entity has been established by contractual 
agreements that establish joint control over the economic activities of the entity. The Company accounts for its interests in joint ventures using the 
equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in a joint venture is initially recognized at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to 
recognize changes in the Company’s share of net assets of the joint venture since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the joint venture is 
included in the carrying amount of the investment and is neither amortized nor individually tested for impairment.

The aggregate of the Company’s share of income or loss of a joint venture is shown separately on the consolidated statements of income (loss) and  
is excluded from income from operations. Adjustments are made where necessary to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Company.

After application of the equity method, the Company determines whether it is necessary to recognize an impairment loss on its investment in the joint 
venture. If there is evidence that the investment in the joint venture is impaired, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the difference 
between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its carrying value, and then recognizes the loss as “loss from investments in joint ventures” 
in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

45

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe Company had the following investments in joint ventures:

Hal Shaw Inc. 
Shaw & Shaw Ltd. 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Activity 

USA 

  Pipe coating 

Canada 

  Pipe coating  

December 31 
2017 
Ownership 
Interest 
% 

50 

83 

December 31 
2016 
Ownership 
Interest 
%

50

83

As of December 31, 2017, both joint ventures are inactive and do not generate income or expense.

l) Investments in Associates
The Company accounts for investments in which it has significant influence using the equity method, and these investments are initially recognized 
at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor’s share of the income or loss of the investee, after the date  
of acquisition.

After application of the equity method, the Company determines whether it is necessary to recognize an impairment loss on its investment in the 
associate. If there is evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the difference 
between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value, and then recognizes the loss as “loss from investments in associates” in  
the consolidated statements of income (loss). 

A listing of all associates is presented in note 23.

m) Income Taxes
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred income taxes. Income taxes are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss), 
except to the extent that they relate to items recognized in OCI.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the consolidated balance sheet dates  
in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined 
based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted or substantively 
enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income tax liabilities are not recognized if they 
arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred income taxes are not accounted for if they arise from initial recognition of an asset or liability in  
a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities 
and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity 
or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the current income tax balances on a net basis.

Investment tax credits relating to the acquisition of assets are accounted for using the cost reduction approach, reducing the cost of the asset 
acquired or amortized to income over the useful life of the asset.

n) Earnings (Loss) Per Share (“EPS”)
Basic EPS is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS is calculated using the treasury stock method for determining the dilutive effect of outstanding financial instruments issued under the 
Company’s various stock-based compensation plans. Under this method, the conversion of dilutive financial instruments and related issue of shares 
is assumed at the beginning of the period (or at the time of award, if later).

 The proceeds from the conversion or exercise of dilutive financial instruments plus future period compensation expenses are assumed to be used to 
purchase common shares at the average market price during the period, and the incremental number of shares (the difference between the number 
of shares assumed issued and assumed purchased) is included in the denominator of the diluted EPS computation.

o) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of balances with banks and short-term, highly liquid investments with maturity dates on acquisition of 90 days  
or less. The amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets approximate the fair value of cash and cash equivalents.

46

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
p) Short-term Investments
Short-term investments consist of liquid investments with maturity dates on acquisition greater than 90 days and less than one year.

q) Trade and Other Receivables
Trade and other receivables are recorded at amortized cost. Impairment of trade and other receivables is constantly monitored. Impairments are based 
on observed customer solvency, the aging of trade and other receivables, historical values and customer-specific and industry risks; external credit 
ratings as well as bank and trade references are reviewed when available.

r) Inventory
Inventory is measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis, except in certain project-based 
pipe coating businesses where the average cost basis is employed, and includes direct materials, direct labour and variable and fixed manufacturing 
overheads. Net realizable value for finished goods, work-in-process and raw materials inventory required for production is the estimated amount that 
would be realized on eventual sale of completed products, less the estimated costs necessary to complete the sale, while for excess raw materials it 
is the current market price. Ownership of inbound inventory is recognized at the time title passes to the Company.

s) Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment. Direct costs are  
included in the asset’s carrying amount, such as borrowing costs for long-term construction projects, major inspections and component replacements,  
as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can 
be measured reliably. For component replacements, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized.

All other repair and maintenance costs are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) during the financial period in which they are 
incurred. The expected cost for the decommissioning and remediation of an asset is included in the cost of the respective asset if the recognition 
criteria are met.

Property, plant and equipment, other than land and project-related facilities and equipment, are amortized over their estimated useful lives 
commencing when the asset is available for use as follows: 

•  Land improvements are amortized over the estimated life of each site; 

•  3% to 10% on buildings; 

•  5% to 50% on machinery and equipment; and

•  Project-related facilities are amortized over the estimated project life.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized when no further economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gains or 
losses arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds or the net recoverable amount, and  
the carrying value of the asset) are included in the consolidated statements of income (loss) in the period the asset is derecognized.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of amortization are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted prospectively  
if appropriate.

t) Intangible Assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value at 
the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not capitalized, and the expenditure is reflected 
in the consolidated statements of income (loss) during the period in which they are incurred.

Intellectual Property and Intangible Assets with Limited Lives
Intellectual property and intangible assets with limited lives are amortized over their useful lives and assessed for impairment whenever there is an 
indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range 
from 2 years to 15 years. The amortization period and the amortization method are reviewed at least on an annual basis and adjusted prospectively  
if appropriate.

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives
Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or when there is an indication that the asset may be 
impaired either individually or at the CGU level. The assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life continues 
to be supportable; if not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis. 

Gains or losses arising from the derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) when the asset is derecognized.

47

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSu) Impairment of Non-financial Assets
Assets that have indefinite lives are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment or when there is an indication that the asset 
may be impaired.

Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment at the end of each reporting period or whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value-
in-use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped into CGUs at the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable 
independent cash inflows. Non-financial assets, other than goodwill, that experienced an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the 
impairment whenever reversal indicators exist.

v) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in subsidiary entities over the fair value of the underlying net 
identifiable tangible and intangible assets arising at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite life and is tested annually for impairment or when there is an indicator of impairment. Goodwill is carried  
at cost less accumulated impairment losses, if any. Impairment losses recognized on goodwill are not reversed.

Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to 
benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, but are not allocated above the operating segment level at which management 
monitors the recovery of goodwill.

Gains or losses on the disposal of a CGU or component of a CGU include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

w) Provisions
A provision is an accrued liability, legal or constructive, resulting from a past event with a high degree of uncertainty with respect to either the timing 
or amount. Provisions must be probable and should be measurable to be recognized, and are determined by discounting the expected future cash 
flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the 
provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance costs in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

x) Leases
Finance leases, which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the 
commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments 
are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of 
the liability.

 Leases in which substantially all of the benefits and risks of ownership are not transferred by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments 
made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss) on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

NOTE 3.  ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET APPLIED

IFRS 2, Share-based Payment 
In June 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based Payment in relation to the classification and measurement of share-based 
payment transactions. The amendments address three main areas:

•  The effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; 

•  The classification of a share-based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and

• 

 The accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification from cash-
settled to equity-settled.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. On adoption, entities are required to apply the amendments 
without restating prior periods, but retrospective application is permitted if elected for all three amendments and other criteria are met. The Company 
has adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2018. During 2017, the Company performed an impact assessment on the classification and 
measurement of the amendments and determined that there is no material impact of adopting this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

48

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIFRS 9, Financial Instruments
In July 2015, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, which replaces all phases of the financial instruments project,  
IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and all previous versions of IFRS 9. The standard introduces new requirements for 
classification and measurement, impairment, and hedge accounting. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 
2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company has adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2018. During 2017, the Company performed  
an impact assessment of all aspects of IFRS 9 and determined that there is no material impact on its consolidated financial statements on adoption 
of this standard.

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use 
in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration 
to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. The principles in IFRS 15 provide a more 
prescriptive approach to measuring and recognizing revenue. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.  
The Company has adopted the standard using the full retrospective method, effective January 1, 2018. 

The Company has performed contract reviews in all divisions to identify the impact of the new standard and concluded that the sale of products will 
continue to be recognized at a point in time and rendering of services will be recognized over time. The Company has identified minor changes in how 
revenue is allocated to performance obligations and the resulting timing of revenue recognition from some contracts originating in the Pipeline and 
Pipe Services segment, primarily related to field joint contracts. Previously, tasks associated with customer contract requirements were recognized 
into revenue based on task completion outlined in contracts. Under the new standard, some of these tasks are not defined as distinct performance 
obligations but rather are recognized as part of the primary performance obligation. The Company also concluded that some costs incurred in those 
contracts meet the definition of costs to fulfill.

We have quantified the impact of the changes described above and the adoption of the standard is not expected to have a material impact on the 
Company’s 2016 and 2017 net revenue or net income. 

The adoption of the standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The impact primarily relates  
to reclassifications among financial statement accounts to align with the new standard. Most notably, contracts in process for which the Company 
has rendered service in advance of billing will be presented as contract assets as opposed to unbilled revenue asset within accounts receivable, based 
on amounts unbilled. Additionally, capitalized costs to fulfill contracts will be included within contract assets. Advance payments and deferred revenue 
will be combined and presented as contract liabilities.

IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration 
IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration clarifies that the date of foreign currency transactions for purposes of 
determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the related asset, expense or income (or part of it) is the date on which an entity initially 
recognizes the non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration. The interpretation is 
effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and may be applied either retrospectively or prospectively. The Company adopted this 
standard on January 1, 2018 and has determined that there is no material impact of adopting this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 16, Leases
IFRS 16, issued by the IASB in January 2016, supersedes IAS 17, Leases (and related interpretations). The standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with earlier application permitted for entities that have also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers. The new standard provides a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial 
statements of both lessees and lessors. The most significant effect of the new requirements will be an increase in leased assets and financial 
liabilities. The Company is in the process of initiating data collection and will provide incremental disclosure leading up to its adoption of this standard  
in its interim and annual consolidated financial statements. 

Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28)
In October 2017, the IASB issued Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28). The amendments clarify that 
a company applies IFRS 9, Financial Instruments to long-term interests in an associate or joint venture that form part of the net investment in 
the associate or joint venture. The amendments are effective from January 1, 2019, with early application permitted. The Company has not yet 
determined the impact of this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

49

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
In June 2017, the IASB published IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments, effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1,  
2019. The interpretation requires an entity to assess whether it is probable that a tax authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment used, or 
proposed to be used, by an entity in its income tax filings and to exercise judgment in determining whether each tax treatment should be considered 
independently or whether some tax treatments should be considered together. The decision should be based on which approach provides better 
predictions of the resolution of the uncertainty. An entity also has to consider whether it is probable that the relevant authority will accept each tax 
treatment, or group of tax treatments, assuming that the taxation authority with the right to examine any amounts reported to it will examine those 
amounts and will have full knowledge of all relevant information when doing so. The interpretation may be applied on either a fully retrospective basis 
or a modified retrospective basis without restatement of comparative information. The Company has not yet determined the impact of adopting this 
standard on the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 4.  NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED 

IAS 12, Income Taxes
On January 19, 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 12, Income Taxes, relating to the recognition of deferred income tax assets for unrealized 
losses. The amendments were effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. The Company’s adoption of these amendments did 
not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 5.  ACQUISITION

Acquisition of Lake Superior Consulting, LLC
On January 5, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Lake Superior Consulting, LLC (“Lake Superior”) for approximately $37.3 million 
(US$26.9 million), excluding cash acquired of $5.2 million (US$3.7 million), and inclusive of an earn-out payment of $7.2 million (US$5.2 million) that  
was paid in the second quarter of 2016. Lake Superior is a Duluth, Minnesota based professional services firm, specializing in pipeline engineering  
and integrity management services to major pipeline operators. The business operates from facilities in Minnesota, Texas, Nebraska, Kansas and  
North Dakota, provides pipeline design, engineering, inspection and commissioning as well as integrity management services, and had 2015 revenue 
of approximately US$45 million.

In the final purchase price equation, the approximate value of tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was $16.9 million and $5.0 million, 
respectively, and the approximate value of intangible assets acquired and related deferred income tax liabilities assumed was $32.0 million and  
$6.6 million, respectively. 

NOTE 6.  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Company defines capital that it manages as the aggregate of its equity and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company’s objectives when managing 
capital are to ensure that the Company will continue to operate as a going concern and continue to provide products and services to its customers, 
preserve its ability to finance expansion opportunities as they arise, and provide returns to its shareholders.

The following table sets forth the Company’s total managed capital as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease 
Equity 

December 31 
2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

– 
246,175 
11,951 
1,044,984 

$ 

2,463

263,528

11,969

1,043,040

$  1,303,110 

$  1,321,000

The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the 
underlying assets and business investment opportunities. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may issue or re-acquire shares, 
acquire or dispose of assets, or adjust the amount of cash and cash equivalents, bank indebtedness or long-term debt balances. The Company’s 
capital is not subject to any capital requirements imposed by any regulators; however, it is limited by the terms of its credit facility and long-term 
debt agreements. Specifically, the Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of its unsecured committed bank credit facility 
and its long-term debt. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2017. Please refer to note 29 for further information 
pertaining to the Company’s debt covenant requirements. 

50

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 7.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company has classified its financial instruments as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Loans and Receivables, Measured at Amortized Cost 
Loans receivable (note 17) 
Trade accounts receivable, net (note 18) 

Held-to-maturity 
Short-term investments 
Deposit guarantee 

Fair Value Through Profit or Loss 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments – assets 
Derivative financial instruments – liabilities 

Available-for-sale 
Convertible preferred shares 

Other Financial Liabilities, Measured at Amortized Cost
Bank indebtedness 
Accounts payable (note 26) 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt (note 30) 

December 31 
2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

4,731 
179,105 

$ 

8,890

16 9,1 1 6

– 
109 

289,065 
382 
1,915 

1,890

112

194,824

9,393

3,759

10,000 

10,000

– 
72,466 
3,914 
246,175 

2,463

88,980

3,684

263,528

Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement provides a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are 
observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those that reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs 
reflect the Company’s assumptions with respect to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These two inputs used to measure  
fair value fall into the three different levels of the fair value hierarchy.

•  Level 1 –  Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are observable.

•  Level 2 –  Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or 

corroborated by observable market data.

•  Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

The following table presents the fair value of financial assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy as at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets   
Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans receivable 
Derivative financial instruments 
Convertible preferred shares 
Deposit guarantee 

Liabilities 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial instruments 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$  289,065 

$  289,065 

$ 

– 

$ 

4,731 

382 

10,000 

109 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4,731 

382 

– 

109 

–

–

–

10,000

–

$ 

304,287 

$  289,065 

$ 

5,222 

$ 

10,000

$ 

3,914 

$ 

232,389 

1,915 

$ 

238,218 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

3,914 

$ 

232,389 

1,915 

$ 

238,218 

$ 

–

–

–

–

The derivative financial instruments relate to foreign exchange forward contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) and are valued by 
comparing the rates of the underlying contract (contracted rate for a forward contract or an exercise price for an option) to the year-end rates quoted 
in the market. 

Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks including market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit 
risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize 
potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial position and financial performance. Risk management is the responsibility of the Company’s 
management. Material risks are monitored and are regularly reported to the Board of Directors.

51

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market Risk

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of Canada through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The net investments 
in these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, operating expenses and non-operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, 
the Company’s consolidated revenue, expenses and financial position may be impacted by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates as these foreign 
currency amounts are translated into Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2017, fluctuations of +/- 5% in the Canadian dollar, relative to those  
foreign currencies, would impact the Company’s consolidated revenue, income from operations, and net income (attributable to shareholders of the 
Company) for the year then ended by approximately $57.1 million, $6.6 million and $3.8 million, respectively, prior to hedging activities. In addition,  
such fluctuations would impact the Company’s consolidated total assets, consolidated total liabilities and consolidated total equity by $65.8 million, 
$14.3 million and $51.5 million, respectively.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with the Company’s 
foreign currency denominated cash streams and the resulting variability of the Company’s income. The Company utilizes foreign exchange forward 
contracts to manage this foreign exchange risk. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts for speculative purposes.  
With the exception of the Company’s US dollar based operations, the Company does not hedge translation exposures.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
The Company utilizes financial instruments to manage the risk associated with foreign exchange rates. The Company formally documents all 
relationships between hedging instruments and the hedge items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various  
hedge transactions. 

The following table sets out the notional amounts outstanding under foreign exchange forward contracts, the average contractual exchange rates  
and the settlement of these contracts as at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands, except weighted average rate amounts)  

Canadian Dollars Sold for US Dollars   
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for Euros 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Australian Dollars Sold for US Dollars   
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Norwegian Kroner Sold for US Dollars  
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Euros Sold for US Dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

  Cdn$ 4,483
 0.78

 US$ 34,656
0.83

  AUD 1,627
0.80

 NOK 35,336
0.11

€ 19,141
1.15

The Company does not apply hedge accounting to account for its foreign exchange forward contracts. 

As at December 31, 2017, the Company had notional amounts of $83.8 million of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding (2016 –  
$113.7 million) with the fair value of the Company’s net loss from all foreign exchange forward contracts totalling $1.5 million (2016 – $1.1 million  
net gain).

Net Investment Hedge
The US dollar denominated long-term debt has been designated as a hedge of the net investment in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, which 
has the US dollar as its functional currency. During the year ended December 31, 2017, a gain of $17.4 million (2016 – gain of $18.5 million) on the 
translation of the long-term debt was transferred to OCI to offset the loss on translation of the net investment in the subsidiary. There was no 
ineffectiveness of this hedge for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

52

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Risk
The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial Assets 
Cash equivalents 
Loans receivable 
Convertible preferred shares 

Financial Liabilities 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds 
Long-term debt 

Non-interest 
Bearing 

Floating 
Rate 

Fixed 
Interest 
Rate 

Total

$ 

– 

56 

10,000 

$ 

– 

$ 

41,929 

$ 

41,929

4,675 

– 

– 

– 

4,731

10,000

$ 

10,056 

$ 

4,675 

$ 

41,929 

$ 

56,660

$ 

$ 

71,175 

$ 

– 

71,175 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

71,175

246,175 

246,175

$ 

246,175 

$ 

317,350

The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from its floating rate credit facility and the long-term debt and is not currently considered to  
be material.

Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, foreign exchange forward contracts, as well as credit exposure of customers, 
including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum credit risk is equal to the carrying value of the financial instruments.

The objective of managing counterparty credit risk is to prevent losses in financial assets. The Company is subject to considerable concentration 
of credit risk since the majority of its customers operate within the global energy industry and are therefore affected to a large extent by the same 
macroeconomic conditions and risks. The Company manages this credit risk by assessing the creditworthiness of all counterparties, taking into 
account their financial position, past experience and other factors. Management also establishes and regularly reviews credit limits of counterparties 
and monitors utilization of those credit limits on an ongoing basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, there was one customer in the Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment who generated approximately 22% of 
total consolidated revenue (2016 – one customer generated approximately 13% of total consolidated revenue). As at December 31, 2017, no customer 
accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total trade accounts receivable.

The carrying value of accounts receivable is reduced through the use of an allowance for doubtful accounts, and the amount of the loss is recognized 
in the consolidated statements of income (loss) with a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses. When a receivable balance is considered 
to be uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited 
against selling, general and administrative expenses. 

As at December 31, 2017, $8.1 million, or 5%, of trade accounts receivable was more than 90 days overdue, compared to $11.6 million, or 7%, as at 
December 31, 2016. The Company expects to receive full payment on accounts receivable that are neither past due nor impaired. 

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Bad debts expense 
Recovery of amounts previously provided for 
Bad debts written off 
Impact of change in foreign exchange rates 

Balance – End of Year 

$ 

$ 

2017 

(4,865) 
(910) 
2,015 
519 
432 

2016

(5,004)

(1,317)

265

1,014

177

$ 

(2,809) 

$ 

(4,865)

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain sufficient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its liquidity requirements 
at any point in time. The Company achieves this by maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and through the availability of funding from 
committed credit facilities. As at December 31, 2017, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totalling $289.1 million (2016 – $194.8 million)  
and had unutilized lines of credit available to use of $389.1 million (2016 – $399.2 million). 

53

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following are the contractual maturities of the Company’s purchase commitments and financial liabilities as at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Purchase commitments 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs on long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease 
Operating lease commitments 

2018 
$ 

61,084 
72,466 
3,914 
– 
8,760 
1,729 
23,877 

2019 
$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
8,760 
1,420 
15,118 

2020 
$ 

– 
– 
– 
77,093 
7,034 
1,397 
12,680 

2021 
$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
6,463 
1,375 
8,893 

2022 
$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
6,463 
1,375 
7,357 

171,830 

25,298 

98,204 

16,731 

15,195 

Thereafter 
$ 

– 
– 
– 
169,822 
13,324 
8,367 
10,351 

201,864 

Total 
$

61,084
72,466
3,914
246,915
50,804
15,663
78,276

529,122

NOTE 8.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

The CODM assesses segment performance based on segment operating income or loss, which is measured differently than income from  
operations in the consolidated financial statements. Income taxes are managed at a consolidated level and are not allocated to the reportable 
operating segments.

As at December 31, 2017, the Company had two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial.  
Inter-segment transactions between Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial are accounted for at negotiated transfer prices.  
The aggregation of the reportable segments is based on the customers and markets that the Company services. 

Pipeline and Pipe Services
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment comprises the following divisions:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Bredero Shaw, which offers specialized internal anti-corrosion and flow efficiency pipe coating systems, insulation coating systems, weight coating 
systems and custom coating and field joint application services for onshore and offshore pipelines;

 Pipeline and Pipe Services Products, which includes Canusa-CPS that manufactures heat shrinkable sleeves, adhesives, liquid coatings for pipeline 
joint protection applications; and Dhatec that designs and assembles engineered pipe logistics products and services;

 Shaw Pipeline Services, which provides ultrasonic and radiographic pipeline girth weld inspection services to pipeline operators and construction 
contractors worldwide for both onshore and offshore pipelines;

 Flexpipe Systems, which manufactures spoolable and stick composite pipe systems and high density polyethylene (“HDPE”) pipe used for oil and 
gas gathering, water disposal, carbon dioxide injection pipelines and other applications requiring corrosion resistance and high pressure capabilities;

 Guardian, which provides a complete range of tubular management services including inventory management systems, mobile inspection, in-plant 
inspection and the refurbishment and rethreading of drill pipe, production tubing and casing;

 Shawcor Inspection Services, which provides non-destructive testing services for new oil and gas gathering pipelines and oilfield infrastructure 
integrity management services; and

• 

 Lake Superior Consulting, which provides pipeline engineering and integrity management services to major North American pipeline operators.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment comprises the Connection Systems division. The Connection Systems division was formed from the 2015 
integration of :

• 

• 

 ShawFlex, which manufactures wire and cable for process instrumentation and control applications; and

 DSG-Canusa, which manufactures heat shrinkable tubing for automotive, electrical, electronic and utility applications.

Financial and Corporate
The financial and corporate division for Shawcor does not meet the definition of a reportable operating segment as defined under IFRS, as it does not 
earn revenue.

54

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment
The following table sets forth information by segment for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline 
and Pipe Services 

Petrochemical 
and Industrial 

Financial 
and Corporate 

Eliminations 
and Adjustments 

Total

2017 
$ 

2016 
$ 

2017 
$ 

2016 
$ 

2017 
$ 

2016 
$ 

2017 
$ 

2016 
$ 

2017 
$ 

2016 
$

Revenue 
  External 

  1,373,416 

  1,022,845   

193,236 

186,414 

Inter-segment 

293 

467   

971 

1,004 

Total Revenue 

  1,373,709 

  1,023,312   

194,207 

187,418 

–   

–   

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  1,566,652 

  1,209,259

(1,264)   

(1,471)   

– 

–

(1,264)   

(1,471)    1,566,652 

  1,209,259

Operating expense 
Research and  
  development expenses 
Amortization of property,  
  plant and equipment 
Amortization of  

intangible assets 
Gain on sale of land 

Income (Loss) from  
  Operations for CODM 
Impairment 

Income (Loss) from  
  Operations 
Income (loss) from  
investments in  

  associates 
Internal interest  

(expense) income  

Interest income 
Interest expense and  
  other finance costs 
Cost associated with  
repayment and  
  modification of  
long-term debt 

Gain on arbitration award 

Income (Loss) Before  

Income Taxes 

Income Taxes 

Additions to property,  
  plant and equipment,  
  net of disposals 
Goodwill 
Total assets 
Total liabilities 

  1,140,123 

971,721   

158,211 

153,479 

26,591   

12,303 

(1,264)   

(1,471)    1,323,661 

  1,136,032

8,464 

11,593   

993 

674 

1,079   

972 

72,178 

51,910   

3,178 

3,278 

1,911   

2,067 

19,170 

23,035   

– 

(6,095)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

–   

(311)   

– 

(398)   

133,774 

(28,852)   

31,825 

29,987 

(29,270)   

(14,944)   

8,073 

157,311   

– 

– 

–   

– 

125,701 

(186,163)   

31,825 

29,987 

(29,270)   

(14,944)   

64 

–   

– 

– 

(6,335)   

(3,536)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

10,536 

13,239

77,267 

57,255

19,170 

23,035

(311)   

(6,493)

136,329 

(13,809)

8,073 

157,311

– 

128,256 

(171,120)

– 

(6,271)   

(3,536)

(20,020)   

(21,080)   

(905)   

(1,176)   

21,197   

22,171 

(272)   

649 

3,009   

29 

5 

879   

94 

– 

85 

– 

– 

1,557 

–

3,108

(1,725)   

(1,550)   

(28)   

(7)   

(16,893)   

(17,439)   

272 

(27)   

(18,374)   

(19,023)

– 

– 

–   

19,221   

– 

– 

– 

– 

–   

–   

(3,009)   

– 

104,669 

(186,563)   

30,921 

28,809 

(30,422)   

(16,663)   

– 

–   

– 

– 

33,988   

6,207 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

58 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(3,009)

19,221

105,168 

(174,359)

33,988 

6,207

35,845 

79,243

  329,391 

  350,818

31,272 

72,706   

  334,088   

4,016 

17,772 

6,394 

16,730 

557   

–   

143 

– 

  311,619 
  1,826,011 

  1,682,578 

120,933 

113,329 

  1,272,387    1,431,746 

  (1,521,130)   (1,449,862)    1,698,201 

  1,7 7 7,791

  886,915 

  1,053,464   

(71,292)   

(57,302)   

144,786   

67,786 

(307,192)   

(329,197)    653,217 

734,751

55

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Geographical Information
The following table sets forth information by geographic region for the years ended December 31; the geographic region is determined by the country 
or location of operation.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2017

Canada 

USA 

Latin America 

EMAR(a) 

Asia Pacific 

 Eliminations 

Total

Revenue 
  External 

Inter-segment 

Total revenue 

Non-current assets(b) 

$ 

336,891 

$ 

397,464 

$  383,538 

$ 

271,322 

$ 

177,437 

$ 

– 

$  1,566,652

1,264 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,264) 

–

$ 

$ 

338,155 

$ 

397,464 

$  383,538 

252,995 

$  469,427 

$ 

35,123 

$ 

$ 

271,322 

114,063 

$ 

$ 

177,437 

47,215 

$ 

$ 

(1,264) 

$  1,566,652

– 

$ 

918,823

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2016

Canada 

USA 

Latin America 

EMAR(a) 

Asia Pacific 

 Eliminations 

Total

Revenue 
  External 

Inter-segment 

Total revenue 

Non-current assets(b) 

$ 

287,992 

$ 

316,616 

$ 

56,149 

$ 

426,554 

$ 

121,948 

$ 

– 

$  1,209,259

1,471 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,471) 

–

$ 

$ 

289,463 

273,684 

$ 

$ 

316,616 

534,766 

$ 

$ 

56,149 

48,282 

$ 

$ 

426,554 

113,389 

$ 

$ 

121,948 

52,325 

$ 

$ 

(1,471) 

$  1,209,259

– 

$  1,022,446

(a)  Refers to the Europe, Middle East, Africa and Russia geographic region.

(b)  Excluding financial instruments, deferred income tax assets and accrued employee future benefit asset.

NOTE 9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

The following table sets forth the Company’s employee benefits expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries, wages and employee benefits 
Pension (note 15) 
Share-based and other incentive-based compensation (note 14) 

Total  

NOTE 10.  FINANCE COSTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s finance costs for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Interest income on short-term deposits 
Interest expense, other 
Interest expense on long-term debt 

Finance Costs, Net 

NOTE 11.  INCOME TAXES

The following table sets forth the Company’s income tax expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current Income Taxes 
Based on taxable income of current year 
Adjustment to prior year provision 

Deferred Income Taxes 
Reversal of temporary differences 

Total Income Tax Expense 

56

2017 

2016

$ 

504,772 
13,776 
8,050 

$ 

447,477

13,843

6,333

$ 

526,598 

$ 

467,653

$ 

2017 

(1,556) 
5,539 
12,834 

$ 

2016

(3,108)

4,739

14,284

$ 

16,817 

$ 

15,915

2017 

2016

$ 

44,158 
(4,063) 

40,095 

(6,107) 

(6,107) 

$ 

19,569

3,034

22,603

(16,396)

(16,396)

$ 

33,988 

$ 

6,207

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s income taxes on items recognized in OCI for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income tax expense on actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans 

Income Tax Expense Charged to OCI   

2017 

168 

168 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31:

Expected income tax expense based on statutory rate   
Tax rate differential on earnings of foreign subsidiaries    
Benefit of previously unrecognized tax losses 
Deferred tax not recognized 
Impact of US tax reform 
Adjustment to prior year provision 
Non-deductible amounts 
Withholding taxes 
State tax and other 

Effective Income Tax Rate 

2017 
% 

26.8 
(1.6) 
 (10.8) 
7.2 
0.8 
(0.1) 
(0.3) 
6.4 
3.9 

32.3 

2016

752

752

2016 
%

26.8
11.2
1.6
(50.1)
–
(1.5)
12.7
(3.0)
(1.3)

(3.6)

The expected income tax rate is computed using the average Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates based on an estimated allocation of 
income (loss) before income taxes to the various provinces.

On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. While the changes are broad and complex, the most significant change 
to the Company is the reduction in the corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% for its US subsidiaries. The Company has recorded a net 
impact of $0.8 million expense in its 2017 income tax provision related to the reduction in the US federal income tax rate. The impact reflects a  
$25.7 million decrease to its US deferred tax assets, partially offset by a $24.9 million decrease to its valuation allowance for certain US deferred 
tax assets existing at December 31, 2017. The Company has recognized these tax impacts and included these amounts in its consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Recognized Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
The following table sets forth the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets  
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Non-capital losses 

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 

Net Deferred Income Tax Asset 

December 31 
2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

$ 

4,328 
25,263 
28,290 

57,881 

(20,010) 
(10,443) 

(30,453) 

3,353

25,250

23,323

51,926

(20,167)

(10,288)

(30,455)

$ 

27,428 

$ 

21,471

The following table sets forth the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as presented in the consolidated balance sheets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred income tax assets 
Deferred income tax liabilities 

December 31  
2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

$ 

33,876 
(6,448) 

$ 

28,955

(7,484)

27,428 

$ 

21,471

The Company has recorded deferred income tax assets of $28.3 million as at December 31, 2017 (2016 – $23.3 million), pertaining to loss 
carryforwards based on management’s financial projections and the relevant income tax legislation in each jurisdiction. 

57

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Net operating losses 

Change in deferred income tax assets 

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 

Change in deferred income tax liabilities 

Change in Deferred Income Taxes 

Deferred income taxes in OCI 
Deferred income taxes acquired through acquisitions 
Other 

Deferred Income Tax Recovery in Net Income (Loss) 

$ 

Consolidated Statements  
of Income (Loss)

2017 

2016

(975) 
(13) 
(4,967) 

(5,955) 

(157) 
155 

(2) 

(5,957) 

(168) 
– 
18 

$ 

1,060

11,438

(6,008)

6,490

(12,093)

(3,097)

(15,190)

(8,700)

(752)

(6,944)

–

$ 

(6,107) 

$ 

(16,396)

The Company has not recognized a deferred income tax liability for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the 
Company’s subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, as the Company has determined that  
the undistributed profits of its subsidiaries will not be distributed in the foreseeable future. The temporary difference associated with investments  
in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, for which a deferred income tax liability has not been recognized, aggregated to $95.5 million and  
$86.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The Company has net operating losses of $292.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 (2016 – losses of $296.0 million) in various 
jurisdictions for which no deferred income tax asset has been recognized. These losses expire subsequent to the 2019 fiscal year. The Company  
has capital losses of $48.9 million and $52.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, in various jurisdictions for  
which no deferred income tax asset has been recognized. These capital losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

NOTE 12.  EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The following table details the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the purposes of calculating basic and diluted EPS for the years 
ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts) 

2017 

2016

Net income (loss) used to calculate EPS 
  Net income (loss) (attributable to the shareholders of the Company) 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic (000s) 
Dilutive effect of stock options  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted (000s) 

Basic EPS 
Diluted EPS 

$ 

71,307 

$ 

(180,960)

69,926 
176 

70,102 

$ 

$ 

1.02 
1.02 

$ 

$ 

64,719

–

64,719

(2.80)

(2.80)

NOTE 13.  KEY MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION

Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) and corporate officers. The compensation paid or payable to key management for 
employee and director services is shown below for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries and other short-term incentive compensation and employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits – defined benefit plans 
Share-based and other long-term incentive payments   
Directors’ fees and other compensation 

Total  

$ 

$ 

2017 

3,147 
484 
3,141 
447 

2016

1,806

256

1,823

2,747

$ 

7,219 

$ 

6,632

58

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14.  SHARE-BASED AND OTHER INCENTIVE-BASED COMPENSATION

As at December 31, 2017, the Company had the following stock option plan, which was initiated in 2001:

Under the Company’s 2001 employee stock option plan (the “2001 Employee Plan”), which is a traditional stock option plan, the options granted have 
a term of approximately ten years from the date of the grant. Exercises of stock options are permitted on the basis of 20% of the optioned shares per 
year over five years, on a cumulative basis, commencing one year following the date of the grant. The grant price equals the closing sales price of the 
common shares on the day prior to the grant.

On March 3, 2010, the Board approved the amended 2001 Employee Plan (the “Amended 2001 Employee Plan”). All stock options granted in 2010, 
and certain options granted thereafter, under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have a tandem share appreciation right (“SAR”) attached, which 
allows the option holder to exercise either the option and receive a share, or exercise the SAR and receive a cash payment that is equivalent to 
the difference between the grant price and fair market value. All stock options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have the same 
characteristics as stock options that were granted under the original 2001 Employee Plan with respect to vesting requirements, term, termination  
and other provisions. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and changes during the year is presented below:

Stock Options without Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year 
Granted  
Exercised 
Expired   

Balance Outstanding – End of Year 

Options Exercisable 

December 31, 2017 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$15.01 to $20.00 
$25.01 to $30.00 
$30.01 to $35.00 
$35.01 to $40.00 
$40.01 to $45.00 
$45.01 to $50.00 

December 31, 2016 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$15.01 to $20.00 
$25.01 to $30.00 
$30.01 to $35.00 
$35.01 to $40.00 
$40.01 to $45.00 
$45.01 to $50.00 

2017 

2016

Weighted 
Average  
Exercise Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

Total Shares 

Total Shares 

1,173,080 

$ 

163,400 

(23,095) 

(118,000) 

1,195,385 

739,005 

$ 

$ 

32.02 
37.40 
26.90 
29.83 

33.06 

32.34 

1,043,440 

$ 

223,600 

(93,960) 

– 

1,173,080 

724,360 

$ 

$ 

32.27

27.7 2

24.58

–

32.02

3 1.1 4

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31, 
2017 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31, 
2017 

161,320 

174,600 

224,000 

342,765 

246,300 

46,400 

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31, 
2016 

163,720 

307,900 

227,100 

181,660 

246,300 

46,400 

$ 

1.00 

8.00 

4.80 

6.79 

5.00 

6.00 

15.51 

26.51 

32.69 

37.00 

41.69 

45.73 

161,320 

$ 

33,080 

188,000 

131,725 

197,040 

27,840 

15.51

26.51

32.78

36.95

41.69

45.73

32.34

1,195,385 

5.41 

$ 

33.06 

739,005 

$ 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31, 
2016 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

$ 

2.01 

5.57 

5.80 

5.76 

6.01 

7.01 

15.51 

27.76 

32.69 

36.65 

41.69 

45.73 

163,720 

$ 

131,000 

145,160 

118,140 

147,780 

18,560 

1,1 73,080 

5.30 

$ 

32.02 

724,360 

$ 

15.51

29.45

32.81

37.11

41.69

45.73

31.14

59

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Board approved the granting of 163,400 stock options (2016 – 223,600) during the year ended December 31, 2017 under the Amended 2001 
Employee Plan. The total fair value of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $1.3 million (2016 – $1.4 million) and 
was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

Weighted average share price 
Exercise price 
Expected life of options 
Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 

$ 

$ 

2017 

37.40 
37.40 
6.25 
28.46% 
1.60% 
1.45% 

$ 

$ 

2016

27.72

27.72

6.25

29.70%

1.88%

1.24%

The volatility measured at the standard deviation of continuously compounded share returns is based on the statistical analysis of daily share prices 
over the expected life of the options.

The fair value of options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan will be amortized to compensation expense over the five-year vesting 
period of the options. The compensation cost from the amortization of granted stock options for the year ended December 31, 2017, included in 
selling, general and administrative expenses, was $1.3 million (2016 – $1.7 million). 

Stock Options with Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year 
Granted  
Exercised 
Expired   

Balance Outstanding – End of Year 

Options Exercisable 

2017 

2016

Total  
Shares 

367,300 

$ 

44,800 

(5,000) 

– 

407,100 

194,760 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value(a) 

10.23 
8.61 
10.30 
– 

10.05 

10.53 

Total 
Shares 

277,300 

$ 

110,800 

– 

(20,800) 

367,300 

144,000 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value

11.69

6.77

–

11.30

10.23

10.98

(a)  The weighted average fair value refers to the fair value of the underlying shares of the Company on the grant date of the SARs.

The mark-to-market liability for the stock options with SARs as at December 31, 2017 is $1.5 million (2016 – $2.0 million), all of which is included in 
current and non-current other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

On March 3, 2010, the Board approved a long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) for executives and key employees and a deferred share unit (“DSU”)  
plan for directors of the Company. Additional details with respect to the LTIP and DSU plan are as follows:

LTIP
The LTIP includes the existing stock option plan discussed above, the Value Growth Plan (“VGP”), the Employee Share Unit Plan (“ESUP”), and the 
Performance Incentive Plan (“PIP”).

VGP
The VGP is a cash-based awards plan, which rewards executives and key employees for improving operating income and revenue over a three-year 
performance period. Units granted to participants vest at the end of the third year of the performance period for which they were granted. The value 
of units is determined based on the growth rate in operating revenue and income on a cumulative basis for the three consecutive years that comprise 
the performance period and is measured against the prior three-year baseline period. In 2017, management amended the VGP to include a Total 
Shareholder Return (TSR factor), which modifies the unit value based on Shawcor’s share performance compared to its peer group over a three-year 
period. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. All units granted under the VGP will be classified as liability 
instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they be settled in cash.

The VGP liability as at December 31, 2017 is $4.3 million (2016 – $1.7 million). 

ESUP
The ESUP authorizes the Board to grant awards of restricted share units (“RSUs”) and performance share units (“PSUs”) to employees of the 
Company as a form of incentive compensation. All RSUs and PSUs are to be settled with common shares and are valued on the basis of the 
underlying weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days preceding the grant date. The valuation is not 
subsequently adjusted for changes in the market price of the common shares prior to the settlement of the award. Each RSU and PSU granted under 
the ESUP represents one common share. The ESUP provides that the maximum number of common shares that are reserved for issuance from 
time to time shall be fixed at 1,000,000 common shares. The RSUs vest in two tranches over a period of one to five years and four to seven years, 
respectively, and become exercisable once vesting is completed. Compensation cost is recognized over the vesting period in accordance with IFRS.  
All RSUs and PSUs granted are classified as equity instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they be settled in shares. 

60

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s RSU/PSU reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year  
Granted  
Exercised 
Cancelled 

Balance Outstanding – End of Year 

RSUs/PSUs Exercisable 

2017 

Total  
Shares 

541,441 

$ 

91,364 

(19,951) 

(14,817) 

598,037 

237,895 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 

Fair Value(a)(b) 

31.79 
32.04 
28.32 
28.73 

32.02 

33.32 

2016

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date

Fair Value(a)

32.84

26.54

28.87

29.61

31.79

33.77

Total 
Shares 

472,849 

$ 

116,333 

(16,033) 

(31,708) 

541,441 

159,264 

$ 

$ 

(a)   RSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days 

preceding the grant date.

(b)   PSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days 

preceding the grant date.

PIP
On March 2, 2017, the Board approved the PIP under the Company’s LTIP. The PIP is a cash-based awards plan, which rewards designated employees 
over a three-year performance period. Each unit granted to participants notionally represents one common share, and such units vest at the end of 
the third year from the date they were granted. The value of units at the vesting date is based on the weighted average trading price of the Company’s 
common shares over the five trading days preceding the vesting date. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. 
All units granted under the PIP will be classified as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they be settled in cash.

The PIP liability as at December 31, 2017 is $0.1 million (December 31, 2016 – nil).

DSUs
Under the Company’s DSU plan, all directors (other than the President and CEO) of the Company can elect to receive all or a portion of their 
compensation for services rendered as a director of the Company in share units or a combination of share units and cash. The number of DSUs 
received is equal to the dollar amount to be paid in DSUs divided by the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five days 
immediately preceding the date of the grant. DSUs are to be settled at the time that the director ceases to be a member of the Board and each DSU 
entitles the holder to receive one common share or the cash equivalent. DSUs vest immediately on the date of the grant. The value of a DSU and the 
related compensation expense is determined and recorded based on the current market price of the underlying common shares on the date of the 
grant. Common shares are purchased on the open market to settle outstanding share units. 

All DSUs granted will be classified as liability instruments on the date of the grant in accordance with IFRS as the unitholder has the option to settle in 
cash or in shares. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s DSU reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year  
Granted  

Balance Outstanding – End of Year 

2017 

Total  
Shares 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 

Fair Value(a) 

2016

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date

Fair Value(a)

Total 
Shares 

148,427 

$ 

42,619 

191,046 

$ 

35.15 
29.36 

33.86 

110,597 

$ 

37,830 

148,427 

$ 

36.37

31.58

35.15

(a)   DSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days 

preceding the grant date.

The mark-to-market liability for the DSUs as at December 31, 2017 is $5.2 million (2016 – $5.3 million), all of which is included in current and  
non-current other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Incentive-based Compensation
The following table sets forth the incentive-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Stock option expense 
VGP expense (recovery) 
DSU (recovery) expense  
RSU expense 
SAR (recovery) expense  
PIP expense 

$ 

$ 

2017 

1,334 
3,278 
(81) 
3,817 
(486) 
107 

2016

1,659

(815)

2,215

4,308

1,181

–

Total Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation Expense 

$ 

7,969 

$ 

8,548

61

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 15.  EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS

The Company provides future benefits to its employees under a number of defined benefit and defined contribution arrangements. The defined 
benefit pension plans are in Canada, the UK and Norway and include both flat-dollar plans for hourly employees and final earnings plans for salaried 
employees. The Company also provides a post-employment life insurance benefit to its Canadian retirees and a post-employment benefit to its 
hourly and salaried employees in Indonesia.

The Company’s funding policy for the Canadian registered pension plans is to fund in accordance with the requirements of applicable pension 
legislation. The determination of the required funding is made on the basis of periodic actuarial valuations as required under applicable pension 
legislation. The Company is responsible for the governance of the pension plans, including overseeing investment decisions. The Company has also 
appointed experienced independent professional experts such as investment managers, actuaries and consultants to assist in the management  
of the pension plans.

By their nature, defined benefit pension plans carry many types of financial risk. The main financial risks faced by the Company’s pension plans can 
be summarized as follows: 

•  Longevity risk: the risk that retirees will, on average, collect a pension for a longer period of time than expected based on the mortality assumption;

• 

• 

 Investment risk: the risk that the invested assets of the plan will not yield the assumed rate of return, resulting in insufficient assets to provide for 
the benefits promised and/or requiring the Company to make additional contributions to fund the deficit;

 Interest rate risk: the risk from changing market interest rates. A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities. This risk is greater  
to the extent that there is a mismatch between the characteristics of the assets and liabilities;

• 

 Regulatory/legal risk: the risk of regulatory/jurisprudence changes that can alter the benefits promised. 

The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defined benefit pension plans, the post-retirement insurance plans and the post-
employment benefit plan during 2017 were $0.1 million (2016 – $2.6 million). The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defined 
contribution pension arrangements during 2017 were $9.2 million (2016 – $9.3 million). 

The Company measures the fair value of plan assets and the defined benefit obligation as at December 31 of each year. Actuarial valuations for  
the Company’s registered defined benefit pension plans and the Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) for Executives of Shawcor Ltd. 
are generally required at least every three years. The most recent actuarial valuations of the plans were conducted as of August 1, 2017 (one plan), 
January 1, 2017 (two plans), December 31, 2016 (four plans) and August 1, 2016 (one plan).

The employee future benefit amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accrued Employee Future Benefit Asset 
Pension plans (note 24) 

Accrued Employee Future Benefit Liability 
Pension plans 
Post-employment benefits 
Post-retirement life insurance 

December 31 
2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

3,827 

$ 

3,827 

(15,437) 
(2,997) 
(118) 

(18,552) 

9,154

9,154

(17,471)

(3,146)

(110)

(20,727)

The following was the composition of plan assets at the consolidated balance sheet dates, for the Canadian registered defined benefit pension plans:

Investments Quoted in Active Markets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity instruments 
Debt instruments 

The following was the composition of invested plan assets at the consolidated balance sheet dates for the SERP:

Investments Quoted in Active Markets: 
Equity instruments(a) 

(a)  The amounts in the above table exclude amounts held in the refundable tax account by the Canada Revenue Agency.

December 31 
2017 

December 31  
2016

7% 
61% 
32% 

100% 

6%

63%

31%

100%

December 31 
2017 

December 31  
2016

100% 

100%

62

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual Return on Plan Assets
The actual return on plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 amounted to $7.7 million and $8.1 million, respectively.

Employee Future Benefit Cost
The employee future benefit cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current service costs 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefits 
Interest cost on defined benefit obligation 
Interest income on plan assets 

Impact of asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement 

Defined benefit cost recognized 
Defined contribution cost recognized  

Employee Future Benefit Cost Recognized(a) 

(a)  The total amount is included in the consolidated statements of income (loss) in selling, general and administrative expenses.

The employee future benefit income recognized in OCI is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Valuation effect 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest income) 
Net actuarial losses recognized in the year 
Other changes in asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement not included in net interest cost 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes 

Employee Future Benefit Income Recognized in OCI 

Changes in the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Valuation effect 
Employer current service cost 
Net interest cost 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefits 
Benefit payments 
Actuarial gains due to changes in demographic assumptions 
Actuarial losses due to changes in economic assumptions 
Experience gains 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – End of Year 

Changes in the fair value of the plan assets for the year ended December 31 are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Valuation effect 
Employer contributions 
Settlement 
Benefit payments 
Interest income on plan assets 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest income) 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – End of Year 

December 31 
2017 

December 31  
2016

$ 

3,204 
281 
4,388 
(3,942) 

3,931 
9 

3,940 
9,836 

$ 

3,050

(198)

4,413

(4,028)

3,237

121

3,358

10,485

$ 

13,776 

$ 

13,843

December 31 
2017 

December 31  
2016

$ 

$ 

51 
(3,759) 
1,435 
1,744 
(163) 

156

(4,096)

4,139

(2,760)

(283)

$ 

(692) 

$ 

(2,844)

December 31 
2017 

December 31  
2016

$ 

136,561 
– 
3,204 
4,388 
281 
(6,465) 
(1,094) 
5,960 
(3,431) 
(70) 

$ 

135,052

(102)

3,050

4,413

(505)

(7,008)

–

5,625

(1,486)

(2,478)

$ 

139,334 

$ 

136,561

$ 

2017 

2016

125,331 
(51) 
102 
– 
(6,465) 
3,942 
3,759 
186 

$ 

125,048
(258)
2,607
(307)
(7,008)
4,028
4,096
(2,875)

$ 

126,804 

$ 

125,331

63

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following are the principal assumptions for the actuarial valuation of the plans as at December 31:

Canada  
  Defined benefit obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Norway  
  Defined benefit obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 
  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

United Kingdom 
  Defined benefit obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality  

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Indonesia 
  Defined benefit obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Sensitivity Analysis
A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant assumptions as at December 31, 2017 is as shown below:

Significant Assumptions 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Discount rate 
  Decrease of 50 basis points 
Increase of 50 basis points 

Future salary increase 
  Decrease of 50 basis points 
Increase of 50 basis points 

Mortality Assumption – Impact of Life Expectancy being one year longer   

2017 

2016

3.38% 
3.00% 
n/a 
CPM 2014 
Private with  
scale CPM-B 

3.78%
3.50%
n/a
CPM 2014 
Private with 
scale CPM-B

3.78% 
3.50% 

2.40% 
2.50% 
0.50% 
K2013 

2.60% 
2.50% 

3.90%
3.50%

2.60%
2.50%
0.00%
K2013

2.70%
2.50%

2.40% 
n/a 
2.60% 
S2PA  
(projected) 

2.60%
n/a
2.70%
S1PA 
 (projected)

2.60% 
n/a 

4.00%
n/a

7.20% 
7% (local), 
  4.5% (expat) 
n/a 
Indonesia’s  
Table 2011 

8.50%

10.00% (local),
  6.00% (expat)

n/a
Indonesia’s 
  Table 2011

8.50% 

9.00%

10.00% (local),  
6.00% (expat) 

10.00% (local),
  6.00% (expat)

Impact of Sensitivity Analysis  
on Defined Benefit Obligation

 Change 

 % Change

10,088 

(9,043) 

(2,130) 

2,351 

3,994 

7.2%

(6.5%)

(1.5%)

1.7%

2.9%

The sensitivity analysis noted above has been determined based on a method that extrapolates the impact on the defined benefit obligation as a 
result of reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring during the year ended December 31, 2017. 

64

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Information
The Company expects to contribute $3.7 million to its defined benefit plans for the year ending December 31, 2018.

The average duration of the defined benefit plans as at December 31, 2017 is 15 years.

NOTE 16.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cash  
Cash equivalents 

Total  

NOTE 17.  LOANS RECEIVABLE

The following table sets forth the Company’s loans receivable as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current   
Notes receivable 
Loan receivable 

Non-current  
Notes receivable(a) 
Loan receivable 

Total   

December 31 
2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

247,136 
41,929 

$ 

98,911

95,913

$  289,065 

$ 

194,824

December 31 
 2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

$ 

2,448 
– 

2,448 

2,283 
– 

2,283 

$ 

82

3,750

3,832

$ 

5,003

55

5,058

8,890

$ 

4,731 

$ 

(a)   Non-current notes receivable relate to a portion of an amount advanced by the Company to an external party to support the construction of port facilities at a Bredero Shaw plant 
location in Kabil, Indonesia. Interest is payable semi-annually at US prime plus 0.25%, with principal repayments to be made in four semi-annual instalments beginning no later 
than March 31, 2018, as set out in the loan agreement terms. A portion of this amount has been classified as current as semi-annual instalments become due during 2018. As at 
December 31, 2017, the total amount of the notes receivable was US$3,726 million (December 31, 2016 – US$3,726 million).

NOTE 18.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

The following table sets forth the Company’s trade and other receivables as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Trade accounts receivable 
Allowance for doubtful accounts (note 7) 
Unbilled revenue and other receivables 

The following table sets forth the aging of the Company’s trade accounts receivable as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current   
Past due 1 to 30 days 
Past due 31 to 60 days 
Past due 61 to 90 days 
Past due for more than 90 days 

Total trade accounts receivable 
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts 

Trade Accounts Receivable, Net 

December 31 
 2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

181,914 
(2,809) 
80,589 

$ 

173,981

(4,865)

125,281

$  259,694 

$ 

294,397

December 31 
 2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

111,613  
48,754 
9,070 
4,422 
8,055 

181,914 
(2,809) 

$ 

102,978

40,367

12,114

6,960

11,562

173,981

(4,865)

$ 

179,105 

$ 

169,116

65

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 19.  INVENTORY

The following table sets forth the Company’s inventories as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Raw materials and supplies 
Work-in-progress 
Finished goods 
Inventory obsolescence 

December 31 
 2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

79,495 
8,742 
49,278 
(22,036) 

$ 

84,238

12,906

42,313

(25,972)

$ 

115,479 

$ 

113,485

During 2017, the Company recorded a decrease of $3.9 million (2016 – increase of $3.2 million) in the provision for inventory obsolescence, due to a 
reduction of certain excess raw materials. 

NOTE 20.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following table sets forth the Company’s property, plant and equipment as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost   
Balance – December 31, 2015 
Exchange differences 
Additions  
Acquisitions 
Disposals 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Exchange differences 
Additions (Transfers)  
Disposals 

Land 
and Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in- 
progress 

Buildings 

Total

$ 

85,325 

$ 

212,902 

$  836,894 

$ 

35,864 

$ 

1,170,985

(1,070) 

(1,136) 

3,584 

(3,606) 

(6,343) 

12,447 

2,233 

(9,797) 

(28,745) 

41,135 

4,670 

(32,026) 

83,097 

211,442 

821,928 

(23) 

967 

(769) 

(584) 

25,492 

(731) 

(23,514) 

58,617 

(30,214) 

(1,346) 

35,019 

– 

(3) 

69,534 

(764) 

(42,782) 

(1,225) 

(37,504)

87,465

10,487

(45,432)

1,186,001

(24,885)

42,294

(32,939)

Balance – December 31, 2017 

$ 

83,272 

$ 

235,619 

$ 

826,817 

$ 

24,763 

$ 

1,170,471

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance – December 31, 2015 
Exchange differences 
Amortization 
Disposals 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Exchange differences 
Amortization 
Disposals 

Land 
and Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in- 
progress 

Buildings 

$ 

(20,768) 

$ 

(96,878) 

$ 

(522,475) 

$ 

358 

(1,702) 

8 

(2,065) 

(5,380) 

6,115 

21,397 

(50,173) 

26,517 

(22,104) 

(98,208) 

(524,734) 

643 

(1,469) 

632 

1,851 

(22,216) 

967 

17,040 

(53,582) 

26,117 

Total

$ 

 (640,121)

19,690

(57,255)

32,640

(645,046)

19,534

(77,267)

27,716

$ 

(675,063)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

$ 

(22,298) 

$ 

(117,606) 

$ 

(535,159) 

$ 

66

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Impairment 
Balance – December 31, 2015 
Exchange differences 
Impairment (note 25) 
Eliminated on disposal 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Exchange differences 
Impairment (note 25) 
Eliminated on disposal 

Land 
and Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in- 
progress 

Buildings 

$ 

(2,495) 

$ 

(6,567) 

$ 

(36,247) 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

(3,130) 

(10,262) 

– 

6,827 

(18,611) 

998 

(2,495) 

(19,959) 

(47,033) 

20 

(309) 

– 

(804) 

– 

– 

(483) 

(7,764) 

1,200 

Total

$ 

(45,309)

3,697

(28,873)

998

(69,487)

(1,267)

(8,073)

1,200

$ 

(77,627)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

$ 

(2,784) 

$ 

(20,763) 

$ 

(54,080) 

$ 

Net book value 

As at December 31, 2016 

As at December 31, 2017 

$ 

$ 

58,498 

58,190 

$ 

$ 

93,275 

97,250 

$ 

$ 

250,161 

237,578 

$ 

$ 

69,534 

24,763 

$ 

$ 

471,468

417,781

NOTE 21.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table sets forth the Company’s intangible assets as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost   
Balance – December 31, 2015 
Exchange differences 
Transfers 
Acquisition of a subsidiary 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Exchange differences 
Additions 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance – December 31, 2015 
Exchange differences  
Amortization 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Exchange differences  
Amortization 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Accumulated Impairment 
Balance – December 31, 2015 
Impairment 
Exchange differences  

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Exchange differences  

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Net book value 

As at December 31, 2016 

As at December 31, 2017 

Intellectual 
Property, with 

Limited Life(a) 

Intangible 
Assets, with 
Limited Life(b) 

Intangible 
Assets, with 
Indefinite Life(c) 

Total

$ 

85,979 

$ 

265,432 

$ 

6,990 

$ 

358,401

(171) 

– 

– 

(4,058) 

4,566 

17,510 

85,808 

283,450 

(1,561) 

71 

(15,143) 

– 

(149) 

(4,566) 

– 

2,275 

– 

– 

(4,378)

–

17,510

371,533

(16,704)

71

$ 

84,318 

$ 

268,307 

$ 

2,275 

$  354,900

$ 

(34,398) 

$ 

(41,636) 

$ 

(30) 

(5,521) 

(1,630) 

(17,514) 

(39,949) 

(60,780) 

421 

(4,994) 

2,185 

(14,176) 

$ 

(44,522) 

$ 

(72,771) 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

(76,034)

(1,660)

(23,035)

(100,729)

2,606

(19,170)

$ 

(117,293)

$ 

(3,089) 

$ 

(55,980) 

$ 

– 

$ 

(59,069)

(7,546) 

(686) 

(11,321) 

801 

(9,395) 

(526) 

(65,901) 

4,361 

(675) 

– 

(675) 

– 

(17,616)

(1,212)

(77,897)

5,162

$ 

(10,520) 

$ 

(61,540) 

$ 

(675) 

$ 

(72,735)

$ 

$ 

34,538 

29,276 

$ 

$ 

156,769 

133,996 

$ 

$ 

1,600 

1,600 

$ 

$ 

192,907

164,872

(a)   Intellectual property, with limited life, represents the cost of certain technology, know-how and patents obtained mainly through acquisitions. The Company amortizes the cost of 

intellectual property over its estimated useful life, which ranges from 10 years to 15 years. 

(b)   Intangible assets, with limited life, represent customer relationships, trademarks and non-compete agreements acquired directly or in conjunction with past business combinations. 

The Company amortizes the cost of intangible assets with limited life over their estimated useful lives, which ranges from 2 to 5 years for trademarks and non-compete agreements, 
and 10 years to 15 years for customer relationships. This estimate is based on expected customer attrition rates and considers the cyclicality of the global energy market (or the oil  
& gas market). The net book value of customer relationships as at December 31, 2017 is $131.7 million (2016 – $154.6 million), and is included in intangible assets, with limited life, in 
the table above. 

(c)   Intangible assets, with indefinite life, represent the value of brands obtained in previous acquisitions. As the Company has the exclusive right to use and benefit from the brands of 

the acquired companies for an undefined period, certain acquired brands have been classified as intangible assets with indefinite life. As the cost of intangible assets, with indefinite 
life, is not amortized, the Company assesses these intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or when there is an indicator of impairment (please refer to note 25). 

67

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 22.  GOODWILL

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are shown below:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Gross amount of goodwill 
Accumulated impairment of goodwill   

Net Balance – Beginning of Year 
Acquisition (note 5) 
Impairment (note 25) 
Foreign exchange 

Net Balance – End of Year 

The following table summarizes the significant carrying amounts of goodwill by CGU:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bredero Shaw  
Shawcor Inspection Services  
Flexpipe Systems 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina) 
Pipeline and Pipe Services Products   
DSG-Canusa GmbH 
Lake Superior 

December 31 
 2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

515,872 
(165,054) 

350,818 
– 
– 
(21,427) 

$ 

508,312

(51,242)

457,070

14,458

(110,822)

(9,888)

$ 

329,391 

$ 

350,818

December 31 
 2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

188,209 
46,846 
49,730 
5,495 
8,258 
17,772 
13,081 

$ 

206,563

50,140

49,730

5,881

7,774

16,730

14,000

$ 

329,391 

$ 

350,818

Impairment Testing for Each Cash-generating Unit Containing Goodwill
The Company performs a goodwill impairment test for each specified group of CGUs (“GCGU”) that contains goodwill at the Company’s annual 
goodwill impairment testing date of October 31 (“Annual Goodwill Valuation Date”), or when indicators of impairment exist at its GCGUs. At the Annual 
Goodwill Valuation Date of October 31, 2017, the Company concluded there was no impairment of goodwill in any of its GCGUs, as the recoverable 
amount for these GCGUs was higher than their respective carrying amounts. 

On September 30, 2016, the Company performed impairment tests for its Shawcor Inspection Services Cash-generating Unit (“DCGU”) and  
Shawcor CSI Cash-generating Unit (“CSICGU”) and concluded that goodwill was partially impaired for the DCGU and fully impaired for the CSICGU.  
The impairment of the DCGU goodwill is further discussed in note 25. 

Recoverable Amount
The Company determines the recoverable amount for its GCGUs as the higher of Value in Use and the Fair Value Less Cost to Dispose (“FVLCD”).  
In respect of the goodwill impairment tests in 2017, the FVLCD of each of the GCUs was higher than the respective carrying amount and as such  
no goodwill impairments have been recorded in 2017. In respect of the 2016 goodwill impairment tests, the FVLCD of each of the GCGUs was higher 
than its respective carrying amounts, except for the DCGU and CSICGU in 2016 as outlined in note 25. The FVLCD measurement was categorized  
as a Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation method used.

FVLCD calculations use post-tax cash flow projections based on three-year financial Business Plans approved by the Board, which are then projected 
out for a further period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using 
estimated growth rates as applicable. The FVLCD is calculated net of selling costs that are estimated at 2%.

The FVLCD is determined by discounting the future free cash flows generated from the Company’s continuing use of the respective GCGUs. The 
discount rates used are post-tax and reflect specific risks relating to the GCGUs. The discounted cash flow model employed by the Company reflects 
the specific risks of each GCGU and their business environment. The model calculates the FVLCD as the present value of the projected free cash 
flows and the Terminal Value of each GCGU.

The calculation of FVLCD for each GCGU is most sensitive to the following key assumptions:

•  Projected Cash Flows

•  Market Assumptions

•  Discount Rate

•  Terminal Value Growth Rate

68

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected Cash Flows
The Projected Cash Flows for each GCGU are derived from the most recently completed three-year Business Plan, which is projected out for a  
future time period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Projected Cash Flow is estimated by adjusting forecasted annual net income 
(for the forecast period) for non-cash items (such as amortization, accretion, and foreign exchange), investments in working capital and investments 
in property, plant and equipment. Estimating future income requires judgment, consideration of past and actual performance, as well as expected 
developments in the GCGU’s respective markets and in the overall macroeconomic environment.

Market Assumptions
The forecasted revenue for a GCGU in the Business Plan is based on that GCGU securing an estimated number of projects or sales orders. A change 
in the number of estimated projects or sales orders to be secured by a GCGU can have a material impact on the projected future cash flows for that 
particular GCGU. The gross margin for each GCGU in the Business Plan is also dependent on assumptions made about the price of raw materials in 
the future; a change in the assumptions of these key inputs can have a material impact on the projected future cash flows for a particular GCGU.

Discount Rate
The discount rate represents the current market assessment of the risks specific to each GCGU, regarding the time value of money and the individual 
risks of the underlying assets, which have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates. The discount rate calculation is based on the specific 
circumstances of the Company and its GCGUs and is derived from the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) for the consolidated Company. The 
WACC takes into account both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Company’s investors. 
The cost of debt is based on the interest bearing borrowings the Company is obliged to service. The GCGU specific risk is incorporated by applying 
individual specific risk factors; these specific risk factors are evaluated annually.

The following are the discount rates used in the calculation of the valuations of the CGUs:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bredero Shaw 
Shawcor Inspection Services  
Flexpipe Systems 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina) 
DSG-Canusa GmbH 
Pipeline and Pipe Services Products   
Lake Superior 

October 31 
2017 

October 31 
2016

11% 
12% 
12% 
18% 
12% 
14% 
12% 

11%

12%

12%

18%

12%

14%

12%

Terminal Value Growth Rate
The Terminal Value Growth Rate is used to calculate the Terminal Value of the GCGUs at the end of the Projected Free Cash Flow period of five years. 
A Terminal Value Growth Rate of 3% was used (for all goodwill impairment tests) reflecting terminal growth rate expectation of long-term growth in 
energy infrastructure investment; this figure also reflects the Company’s best estimate of the economic conditions that are expected to exist over  
the forecast period.

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
With regard to the assessment of FVLCD of all of the Company’s GCGUs, management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the 
above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of each CGU to materially exceed its recoverable amount, as estimated by the GCGU’s FVLCD. 

NOTE 23.  INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

On February 20, 2014, Shawcor completed an equity investment in Zedi Inc. (“Zedi”), a Calgary, Alberta based company engaged in end-to-end 
solutions for production operations management in the oil and gas industry. Zedi has developed and deployed remote field monitoring and related 
data management solutions for the optimization of oil and gas well production. Shawcor’s equity investment in Zedi consists of an approximately  
38% common share interest, which is being accounted for using equity accounting, and an investment of $10.0 million in convertible preferred shares, 
which is accounted for as an available-for-sale investment and classified in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

On August 29, 2014, the Company completed an equity investment in Power Feed-Thru Systems and Connectors, LLC (“PFT”), a Houston, Texas,  
US-based company engaged in designing and assembling of electric feed-thru connector systems specifically for artificial lift installations in the 
global oil and gas market. Its products are used in oil wells equipped with Electric Submersible Pumps to connect the down-hole oil pump with a 
surface power supply. Shawcor’s equity investment in PFT consists of an approximate 30% common share interest, which is being accounted for 
using equity accounting.

69

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 24.  OTHER ASSETS

The following table sets forth the Company’s other assets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Long-term prepaid expenses 
Convertible preferred shares (note 23)  
Accrued employee future benefit asset (note 15) 

NOTE 25.  IMPAIRMENT

2017

December 31 
 2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

6,779 
10,000 
3,827 

$ 

7,253

10,000

9,154

$ 

20,606 

$ 

26,407

Impairment Testing for Bredero Shaw Regina Plants
The Company recorded an $8.1 million impairment charge on building, machinery and equipment at the Regina plant for the year ended December 31,  
2017. The Company performed an asset impairment test for its Regina plant as at December 31, 2017. This impairment test was determined to be 
necessary as a result of two factors: i) uncertainties in securing future pipe coating project work to sustain operations at current levels as a result 
of delays in projects being sanctioned and awarded in Western Canada; ii) the competition from additional pipe coaters in the region. The Company 
adjusted its forecast to reflect these uncertainties, thereby impacting the estimate of future cash flows for the plant. 

Due to the value-in-use (“VIU”) being lower than the carrying amount of the Regina plant, management assessed the method of allocating the 
impairment charge to the individual assets. Individual assets were analyzed to ensure that the allocation of the impairment charge to each asset did 
not reduce its carrying value below the greater of its FVLCD and VIU. The property, plant and equipment assets impaired were written down to their 
FVLCD. The FVLCD of the building, machinery and equipment was based on management’s internal specialist assessments of secondary market.  
The fair value measurements are categorized as Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation method used.

2016
The following table sets forth the Company’s impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2016:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Impairment of goodwill 

Total Impairment 
Deferred income tax related to above   

Net Impairment 

Socotherm 

Shawcor 
Inspection 
Services 

$ 

26,103 

$ 

15,220 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

108,942 

Other(a) 

Total

2,770 

2,396 

1,880 

$ 

28,873

17,616

 110,822

$ 

41,323 

$ 

108,942 

$ 

7,046 

$ 

157,311

(2,985) 

– 

– 

 (2,985)

$ 

38,338 

$ 

108,942 

$ 

7,046 

$ 

154,326

(a)   These amounts include impairment charges of $1.4 million pertaining to the machinery and equipment of a Bredero Shaw business unit and other impairment charges for Shawcor 

CSI totalling $5.6 million, both of which are in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. 

Impairment Testing for the Socotherm S.p.A. Italian Plants
The Company performed an asset impairment test for its Socotherm S.p.A Italian plants as at September 30, 2016. This impairment test was done for 
the plants at the Socotherm S.p.A group level, and includes the carrying value of the related intangible assets, as the cash flows from the plants are 
not largely independent. This impairment test was determined to be necessary as a result of uncertainties in securing future pipe coating project work 
to sustain operations at current levels as a result of reductions in oil and gas infrastructure spending by international oil companies and in-country 
pipe mills. The Company adjusted its forecast to reflect these uncertainties, thereby impacting the estimate of future cash flows for the plants. 

Due to the VIU being lower than the carrying amount of the Socotherm S.p.A. Italian plants, management assessed the method of allocating the 
impairment charge to the individual assets. Individual assets were analyzed to ensure that the allocation of the impairment charge to each asset did 
not reduce its carrying value below the greater of its FVLCD and VIU. The property, plant and equipment assets impaired were written down to their 
FVLCD. The FVLCD of land and buildings were based on market assessment appraisals provided by an independent valuator. The FVLCD of machinery 
and equipment was based on management’s internal specialist assessments of secondary market. The fair value measurements are categorized as 
Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation method used. The allocation of impairment to intangible assets ultimately resulted in the value  
of these assets being written down to nil.

70

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment Testing for the Shawcor Inspection Services Cash-Generating Unit
The Company’s policies regarding calculation of the recoverable amount for its GCGUs is described in note 22, as part of the discussion pertaining  
to impairment testing for goodwill. 

The Company performed an impairment test for its DCGU as at September 30, 2016. This impairment was assessed due to the decline in the rig 
count in the US and uncertainties regarding future oil and gas well drilling and the associated demand for non-destructive testing of new oil and gas 
gathering line pipelines. The Company has adjusted its forecast to reflect reduced activity levels, thereby impacting the future cash flows for its DCGU. 

For the DCGU impairment test, the FVLCD was higher than its VIU. The carrying value of the DCGU goodwill was $157.8 million. As a result of the 
assessed impairment, the carrying value of goodwill was reduced to $48.9 million as at September 30, 2016. A discount rate of 12% had been applied 
to the DCGU impairment test as at September 30, 2016, along with a terminal value growth rate of 2.5%, reflecting a conservative expectation of  
long-term growth in energy infrastructure investment. 

A one percent increase in the discount rate would have caused the fair value of the DCGU to decrease by $16.5 million. A one percent decrease in the 
terminal value growth rate would have decreased the fair value of the DCGU by $4.7 million.

NOTE 26.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s accounts payable and accrued liabilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 

NOTE 27.  PROVISIONS

The following table sets forth the Company’s provisions as at the periods indicated:

December 31 
 2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

72,466 
128,551 

$ 

88,980

123,559

$ 

201,017 

$ 

212,539

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2015 
Provision adjustments 
Acquisition adjustment 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange differences 
Gain on settlement 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Provision adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange differences 
Loss on settlement 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 
Current   
Non-current 

December 31, 2017 
Current   
Non-current 

  Decommissioning 
Liabilities 

Warranties 

Other 
Provisions 

Total

$ 

34,361 

$ 

179 

(1,612) 

(291) 

452 

(1,824) 

(1,559) 

4,332 

6,024 

– 

(3,406) 

– 

(182) 

– 

29,706 

6,768 

104 

(765) 

465 

(517) 

193 

(521) 

(175) 

– 

(98) 

– 

$ 

30,944 

$ 

69,637

3,694 

– 

(12,882) 

(7) 

(1,815) 

– 

19,934 

12,903 

(3,616) 

263 

(728) 

– 

9,897

(1,612)

(16,579)

445

(3,821)

(1,559)

56,408

12,486

(4,556)

728

(1,343)

193

$ 

29,186 

$ 

5,974 

$ 

28,756 

$ 

63,916

$ 

5,904 

$ 

6,768 

$ 

8,432 

$ 

21,104

23,802 

– 

11,502 

35,304

$ 

29,706 

$ 

6,768 

$ 

19,934 

$ 

56,408

$ 

$ 

5,302 

$ 

5,974 

$ 

16,085 

$ 

27,361

23,884 

– 

12,671 

36,555

29,186 

$ 

5,974 

$ 

28,756 

$ 

63,916

71

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Decommissioning Liabilities
The total undiscounted cash flows estimated to settle all decommissioning liabilities is $42 million as at December 31, 2017. The current pre-tax  
risk-free rates at which the estimated cash flows have been discounted range between 0% and 18%. Settlement for all decommissioning liabilities  
is expected to be funded by future cash flows from the Company’s operations. 

The Company expects the following cash outflows over the next five years and thereafter for remediating its decommissioning liability obligations.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

 2018 
 2019 
 2020 
 2021 
 2022 
Thereafter 

5,302

3,198

5,433

4,777

489

22,831

$ 

42,030

Warranties
Project specific warranties are provided by various divisions in the normal course of business that are usually valid for a term of less than one year. 

Other Provisions
The other provisions are comprised of current and non-current employee related provisions (required by local law in international jurisdictions), 
provisions for lawsuits and other accrued liabilities related to operations for which there is a higher degree of uncertainty with respect to either  
the amount or timing of the underlying payment. 

NOTE 28.  OTHER LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s other liabilities as at the periods indicated:

Deferred 
Purchase 
Consideration 

Incentive based 
Compensation 
(note 14) 

Other 
Liabilities 

Total

$ 

3,939 

$ 

20,517 

$ 

– 

$ 

24,456

– 

7,210 

(7,210) 

(255) 

3,684 

– 

– 

230 

2,593 

– 

(14,120) 

16 

9,006 

2,979 

(808) 

(19) 

689 

– 

(107) 

7 

589 

(62) 

(27) 

(59) 

3,282

7,210

(21,437)

(232)

13,279

2,917

(835)

152

3,914 

$ 

11,158 

$ 

441 

$ 

15,513

3,684 

$ 

8,359 

$ 

– 

$ 

12,043

– 

647 

3,684 

$ 

9,006 

$ 

589 

589 

1,236

$ 

13,279

3,914 

$ 

– 

7,934 

3,224 

3,914 

$ 

11,158 

$ 

$ 

– 

$ 

11,848

441 

441 

3,665

$ 

15,513

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2015 
Adjustments 
Business acquisition 
Settlement of liabilities 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 
Current   
Non-current 

December 31, 2017 
Current   
Non-current 

72

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 29.  CREDIT FACILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s total credit facilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds (note 31)   

Total utilized credit facilities 
Total available credit facilities(a) 

Unutilized Credit Facilities 

(a)  The Company guarantees the bank credit facilities of its subsidiaries.

December 31 
 2017 

December 31 
2016

$ 

– 
71,175 

71,175 
460,251 

$ 

2,463

90,898

93,361

492,610

$ 

389,076 

$ 

399,249

On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) for a period of five years, with terms  
and conditions similar to the prior agreement, except that the maximum borrowing limit was raised by US$100 million from US$150 million to  
US$250 million, with an option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million with the consent of the lenders. On June 16, 2014, the option to increase 
the credit limit to US$400 million was exercised with the consent of the lenders and a new option to increase the credit limit to US$550 million with 
the consent of the lenders was added. The Company pays a floating interest rate on this Credit Facility that is a function of the Company’s Total Debt 
to Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio. Allowable credit utilization outside of this facility is US$50 million. 
During 2016, the Company and the lenders agreed to certain amendments to the Credit Facility. These amendments are described below in the 
section captioned “Amendments to Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility”. 

Amendments to Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility
On May 10, 2016, the Company entered into amending agreements with the holders of its Senior Notes and the syndicate of lenders under the Credit 
Facility. Subsequently, on December 6, 2016, the Company entered into further amending agreements with the holders of its Senior Notes and the 
syndicate of lenders under the Credit Facility, with the latest principal amendments as follows:

a)   an extension of the term of the Credit Facility from March 20, 2018 to December 6, 2019 and a reduction in the size of the Credit Facility from 

US$325 million to US$317 million;

b)   the elimination of the requirement for the Company to meet a Total Debt to EBITDA covenant (the “Leverage Ratio”) for the quarter ending 

December 31, 2016 (“Q4 2016”); 

c)   the creation of a minimum EBITDA covenant of Cdn$15 million in respect of Q4 2016;

d)   an increase in the maximum Leverage Ratio to 3.50 to 1.00 and 3.25 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2017 (“Q1 2017”) and June 30, 2017 
(“Q2 2017”), respectively; with EBITDA for Q1 2017 to be calculated by multiplying the EBITDA for such quarter by 4 and with EBITDA for Q2 2017  
to be calculated by adding the EBITDA for Q1 2017 and the EBITDA for Q2 2017 and then multiplying such sum by 2;

e)   a decrease in the minimum Interest Coverage Ratio/Fixed Charge Ratio (currently 2.5 to 1.0) to 1.5 to 1.0 for Q4 2016; 

f)   an amendment to the method of calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio/Fixed Charge Ratio for Q1 2017 and Q2 2017 such that each of the 

components of such ratio (EBITDA, interest expense and rental payments) is calculated on a basis similar to the calculation of the Leverage Ratio 
for such quarters; and 

g)   increased interest rates and standby and other fees payable to Senior Note holders and under the Credit Facility during Q4 2016 and in any period 

when the Company is permitted an increased Leverage Ratio. 

For the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company was required to maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio of more than 2.50 to 1.00 and a Leverage Ratio of 
less than 3.00 to 1.00.

The Company was in compliance with the covenants as at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

NOTE 30.  LONG-TERM DEBT

On March 20, 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for total gross proceeds of US$350 million (Cdn$358.3 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) to institutional investors. The principal balances outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

(in millions of Canadian dollars) 

Senior Notes, Series A 
Senior Notes, Series B 
Senior Notes, Series C 
Senior Notes, Series D 

Due Date 

  March 31, 2020 

  March 31, 2023 
  March 31, 2025 

  March 31, 2028 

Interest  

Rate 

2.98% 

3.67% 

3.82% 

4.07% 

December 31 
 2017 
(US$) 

December 31 
2016 

(US$) 

December 31 
2017  
(Cdn$) 

December 31 
 2016 

(Cdn$)

62 

57 

52 

26 

197 

62 

57 

52 

26 

197 

77 

71 

66 

33 

247 

83

76

70

35

264

73

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Repurchase of Senior Notes
In the second quarter of 2016, the Company utilized a portion of its existing cash balances to repurchase approximately US$78 million of its  
Senior Notes at a purchase price of approximately US$79 million ($101.8 million at the then current exchange rate) plus accrued interest. 

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company utilized a portion of its $172.6 million public offering proceeds to repurchase US$75 million of its  
Senior Notes at a purchase price of US$75 million ($100.7 million at the then current exchange rate) plus accrued interest. 

The total long-term debt balance as at December 31, 2017 is $246.2 million (US$196.8 million) (2016 – $263.5 million (US$196.8 million)). The long-
term debt has been designated as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in its US dollar functional currency subsidiary as described in note 7. 

In respect of the long-term debt, the Company is required to maintain certain covenants that are consistent with the debt covenants described in 
note 29 for the Credit Facility. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

NOTE 31.  LEASES, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

a) Operating Leases
The Company has entered into various commercial leases for motor vehicles, machinery, equipment, and manufacturing sites. These leases have a life 
of one to sixteen years. 

The following table presents the future minimum rental payments payable under the operating leases as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
More than five years 

December 31  
2017

$ 

23,87 7

44,048

10,351

$ 

78,276

The lease expenditure charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss) during the year was $34.1 million (2016 – $39.2 million).

b) Finance Leases
The Company has finance leases and purchase commitments in place for various items of property, plant and machinery. These leases have renewal 
options but no purchase options. Renewals are at the option of the specific entity that holds the lease. 

The following table presents the future minimum lease payments under finance leases with the present value of the minimum lease payments:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
After more than five years 

Total minimum lease payments 
Less: Amounts representing interest charges 

Present Value of Minimum Lease Payments 

December 31, 2017

Minimum 
Payments 

1,729 

5,567 

8,367 

15,663 

(3,712) 

11,951 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Present 
Value of 
Payments

1 ,1 1 1

3,726

7,1 1 4

11,951

–

11,951

$ 

$ 

$ 

c) Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers and other third 
parties. Management believes that adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not possible to estimate the 
extent of potential costs and losses, if any, management believes, but can provide no assurance, that the ultimate resolution of such contingencies 
would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company recorded a gain of $19.2 million resulting from an arbitration award in favour of the Company.

d) Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds through financial intermediaries to various customers in 
support of project contracts for the successful execution of these contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of the contract, the 
customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion of the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The contracts that these 
performance bonds support generally have a term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds typically have a term of less 
than one year and are renewed, if required, over the term of the applicable contract. Historically, the Company has not made and does not anticipate 
that it will be required to make material payments under these types of bonds.

74

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company utilizes the Credit Facility to support its bonds. The Company has utilized total credit facilities of $71.2 million as at December 31, 2017 
(2016 – $90.9 million for support of its bonds). In addition, as at December 31, 2017, the Company had $48.4 million of outstanding surety bonds 
through insurance companies (2016 – $107.2 million).

NOTE 32.  SHARE CAPITAL

There are an unlimited number of common shares authorized. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share. All shares have been 
issued and fully paid and have no par value.

On December 23, 2016, the Company issued 5,261,250 common shares, including 686,250 common shares pursuant to the full exercise of the  
over-allotment option, at a price of $32.80 per common share for aggregate gross proceeds of $172.6 million (net proceeds of $165.3 million, net  
of share issuance costs of $7.3 million).

The following table sets forth the changes in the Company’s shares for the years ended December 31:

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Number of shares 
Balance, December 31, 2016 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Issued on exercise of RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Stated value 
Balance, December 31, 2016 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Number of shares 
Balance, December 31, 2015 
Issued through public offering 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Issued on exercise of RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Stated value 
Balance, December 31, 2015 
Issued through public offering (net of commissions and share issuance costs of $7.3 million)  
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Dividends declared and paid were as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Dividends declared and paid to shareholders 
Dividends declared and paid per share 

2017

  69,892,544

28,095

19,951

  69,940,590

$ 

703,316

761

278

601

$ 

704,956

2016

  64,521,301

5,261,250

93,960

16,033

  69,892,544

$ 

534,484

165,295

2,311

764

462

$ 

703,316

2017 

41,946 
0.600 

$ 

$ 

2016

38,708

0.600

$ 

$ 

NOTE 33.  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The comparative consolidated financial statements have been reclassified from consolidated financial statements previously presented to conform to 
the presentation of the 2017 consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.

75

ANNUAL REPORT 2017NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

SIX-YEAR REVIEW AND 
QUARTERLY INFORMATION

SIX-YEAR REVIEW (UNAUDITED)  

For the year ended December 31 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share information) 

2017 
IFRS 

2016 
IFRS 

2015 
IRFS 

2014 
IFRS 

2013 
IFRS 

(NOTE 5)

2012 
IFRS

OPERATING RESULTS 
Revenue 
Adjusted EBITDA (NOTE 1) 
Net Income (Loss)  (NOTE 2) 

CASH FLOW 
Cash from operating activities 
Purchase of property, plant, and equipment 

FINANCIAL POSITION 
Working capital (NOTE 3) 
Long-term debt 
Equity 
Total assets 

PER SHARE INFORMATION 
(Common, Class A & Class B) 
Net income  
  Basic  
  Diluted 
Dividends 
  Common share 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Equity per share (NOTE 4) 

 1,566,652  
 226,184  
 71,307  

 1,209,259  

 1,810,648  

 1,890,029  

 1,847,549  

 1,469,187 

 56,452  

 (180,960) 

 228,478  

 98,244  

 336,701  

 94,861  

 391,223  

 219,862  

 265,254 

 178,310 

 178,446  
 (41,068) 

 131,893  

 89,252  

 281,041  

 61,153  

 187,985  

 77,645  

 32,264  

 76,729  

 530,512 

 73,505 

 378,222  
 246,175  
 1,044,984  
 1,698,201  

 279,986  

 263,528  

 1,043,040  

 446,405  

 485,147  

 1,125,201  

 378,733  

 406,926  

 980,613  

 267,489  

 374,381  

 658,581  

 325,412 

 -   

 988,667 

 1,777,791  

 2,145,705  

 1,939,970  

 1,651,928  

 1,888,873 

 1.02  
 1.02  

0.600 

 –    
 –    
 14.94  

 (2.80) 

 (2.80) 

 1.52  

 1.52  

 1.55  

 1.53  

 0.600  

 0.600  

 0.575  

 –    

 –    

 –    

 –    

 –    

 –    

 14.92  

 17.44  

 15.20  

 3.55  

 3.51  

 1.375  

 0.100  

 0.091  

 10.98  

 2.53 

 2.50 

 N/A 

 0.380 

 0.345 

 14.08 

QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share information) 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

Total

Revenue 

Net Income (Loss) (NOTE 2) 

Earnings (Loss) per share (Diluted) 

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

 359,732  

 365,579  

 15,132  

 7,461  

 0.22  

 0.12  

 383,782  

 255,359  

 16,064  

 (41,678) 

 0.23  

 (0.65) 

 397,078  

 259,139  

 20,462  

 (174,019) 

 0.29  

 (2.69) 

 426,060  

 1,566,652 

 329,182  

 1,209,259 

 19,649  

 27,276  

 0.28  

0.42  

 71,307 

 (180,960)

 1.02 

 (2.80)

NOTE 1:   Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as EBITDA adjusted for non-operational items or items which do not impact day-to-day operations. The Company believes 
that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental measures that provide a meaningful indication of the Company’s results from principal business activities prior to 
the consideration of how these activities are financed or the tax impacts in various jurisdictions and for comparing its operating performance with the performance of other 
companies that have different financing, capital or tax structures. The Company presents Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of EBITDA that excludes the impact of transactions 
that are outside the Company’s normal course of business or day-to-day operations. Adjusted EBITDA is used by many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several 
important analytical tools to evaluate financial performance and is a key metric in business valuations. It is also considered important by lenders to the Company and is 
included in the financial covenants of the Company’s debt agreements.

NOTE 2:  Attributable to shareholders of the Company, excluding non-controlling interests.   

NOTE 3:  Working capital has been calculated as current assets minus current liabilites. 

NOTE 4:  Equity per share is Non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing equity by the number of Common, Class A & Class B shares outstanding at the date of the balance sheet. 

NOTE 5:  Restated due to the adoption of certain new IFRS standards that became effective as at January 1, 2013, but were implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2012. 

76

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAWCOR 
DIRECTORS

J.T. Baldwin
London, England

Mr. Baldwin retired as the Vice 
President Communications 
& External Affairs for the 
Southern Corridor for BP,  
a position he held since  
July 2012, and has been  
a Director of Shawcor  
since March 2010. 

D.S. Blackwood
Houston, Texas

Mr. Blackwood is the Chief 
Executive Officer of Vepica 
Group, a position he has 
held since September 2015, 
and has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2011.

J.W. Derrick
Buffalo, New York

Mr. Derrick is the Executive 
Chair and former Chief 
Executive Officer of Derrick 
Corporation, a position he  
held since 1992, and has  
been a Director of Shawcor 
since August 2007.

K.J. Forbes
West Sussex, England

Mr. Forbes is a partner in 
Epi-V LLP, a position he has 
held since September 2009, 
and has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2014.

M.S. Hanley
Mount-Royal, Quebec

Mr. Hanley is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant and 
from 2009 to 2011, he was 
the Senior Vice President 
Operations and Strategy for 
National Bank of Canada. 
He has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2015.

S.M. Orr
Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Orr is the Chief Executive 
Officer of Shawcor Ltd.,  
a position he has held since 
May 2014, and has been  
a Director of Shawcor  
since May 2014. 

P.S. Pierce
Houston, Texas

Ms. Pierce is the Executive 
Vice President of and a 
partner in Ztown Investments, 
a position she has held  
since 2005, and has been  
a Director of Shawcor  
since June 2014.

P.G. Robinson
Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Robinson is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant  
and the President and  
Chief Executive Officer of 
Litens Automotive Group, a 
position he has held since 
August 2013, and has been 
a Director of Shawcor since 
August 2001.

E.C. Valiquette
Pembroke, Ontario

Ms. Valiquette is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant and 
a former Senior Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer of 
ING Canada Inc. and has been 
a Director of Shawcor since 
March 2005.

D.M. Wishart
Calgary, Alberta

Mr. Wishart is Chairman of  
the Board of Bruce Power Ltd. 
He retired as the Executive 
Vice President of Operations 
and Major Projects for 
TransCanada Corporation, a 
position he held since 2005, 
and has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2015.

77

ANNUAL REPORT 2017SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

CORPORATE INFORMATION

PRIMARY  
OPERATING LOCATIONS

PIPELINE AND PIPE SERVICES 

Bredero Shaw  
5875 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. W. 
Suite 200 
Houston, Texas 77086

Viale Risorgimento 62  
45011 Adria (RO) Italy 

T:  39 0426 941000  
F:  39 0426 901055 

Shaw Pipeline Services 
5875 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. W. 
Suite 200 
Houston, Texas 77086

T:  281 886 2350 
F:  281 886 2351

Dellaertweg 9-E, Gebouw  
“Le Carrefour” 
2316 WZ Leiden 
The Netherlands

T:  +31 71 80 802 70 
F:  +31 71 80 802 71

#17-01/02 United Square 
101 Thomson Road 
Singapore 307591

T:  65 6732 2355 
F:  65 6732 9073

Canusa-CPS 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111 
F:  416 743 5927 

Flexpipe Systems 
333 – 7 Avenue S.W. 
Suite 2200 
Calgary, Alberta T2P 2Z1

T:  403 503 0548 
F:  403 503 0547

T:  281 886 2350 
F:  281 886 2351

Guardian 
950 – 30th Avenue 
Nisku, Alberta T9E 0S2 

T:  780 955 3380 
F:  780 955 2822

Shawcor Inspection Services 
5875 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. W. 
Suite 200 
Houston, Texas 77086

T:  281 886 2350 
F:  281 886 2351

Dhatec 
Elskensakker 8 
5571 SK Bergeijk 
The Netherlands (NL)

T:  +31 497 542 527 
E-Mail: info@dhatec.nl

Lake Superior Consulting, LLC 
130 West Superior Street,  
Suite 500 
Duluth, Minnesota 55802

T:  218 727 3141

PETROCHEMICAL AND INDUSTRIAL

DSG-Canusa 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

ShawFlex 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111 
F:  416 743 7752

T:  416 743 7111 
F:  416 743 2565

78

SHAWCOR LTD.CORPORATE INFORMATION

CORPORATE 
INFORMATION

CORPORATE OFFICERS

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

P.G. Robinson 
Chair of the Board

S.M. Orr 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

G.A. Tano 
Senior Vice President, Finance 
and Chief Financial Officer

D.R. Ewert 
Senior Vice President,  
Legal & Secretary

C.V. Havern 
Group President,  
Integrity Management

J.A. Tabak 
Group President, Composite 
Production Systems

H.A.A.M. Tausch 
Group President,  
Pipeline Performance

J.R. Bronson 
Group President,  
Oilfield Asset Management

F. Cistrone 
Group President,  
Connection Systems

R.J. Dunn 
Senior Vice President,  
Research and Development 
(R&D) and Operations 
Shawcor

P.A. Pierroz 
Senior Vice President,  
Business Services  
and Human Resources 
Shawcor

T. Anderson 
Senior Vice President,  
Western Hemisphere 
Pipeline Performance

K.D. Reizer 
Senior Vice President,  
Eastern Hemisphere 
Pipeline Performance

C. Oudinot 
Vice President 
Pipeline Performance Products

B. McDonald 
Vice President and  
General Manager 
Shaw Pipeline Services

J.W. Johnson 
Vice President and  
General Manager 
Shawcor Inspection Services

P. Powers 
President and Managing Director 
Lake Superior Consulting

CORPORATE ADDRESS, STOCK INFORMATION AND ANNUAL MEETING

Head Office 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario 
Canada M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111 
F:  416 743 7199

Transfer Agent  
and Registrar 
AST Trust Company (Canada) 
P.O. Box 700, Station B 
Montreal, Quebec  
Canada H3B 3K3

T:  800 387 0825  
  416 682 3860 
F:  888 249 6189  
E:  inquiries@astfinancial.com

Auditors 
Ernst & Young LLP

Stock Listing 
The Toronto Stock Exchange  
Common Shares  
Trading Symbol: SCL

Annual Meeting 
Tuesday, May 8, 2018 
4:00 p.m. 
Intercontinental Toronto  
Centre West 
225 Front Street West  
Toronto, Ontario  M5V 2X3

www.shawcor.com

SHAWCOR.COM

25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario
M9W 1M7 Canada

+ 1  416  743  7111